Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,641 missions · 715 completed

Missions

Open926Completed715All1641
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory III: Stationary Regimes of Stochastic RecurrencesTextbook

Stationary Regimes of Stochastic Recurrences

Background

Chapter 2 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory asks when a queue has a stationary regime. §§2.1–2.4 answer it for the single-server and multiserver queues by Loynes' monotone construction. §§2.5 and 2.11 answer it for the general object those constructions are instances of: a stochastic recurrence

W_{n+1} = h(W_n, ξ_n),

driven by a sequence {ξ_n} compatible with an ergodic shift θ. Two questions arise, and this mission is about both.

Exact sampling, and what "exact" means

§2.5.3 treats the finite-state case. An ergodic transition matrix on E = {1, …, r} has a stationary law π, and the classical way to sample it is to run the chain and wait. That gives a sample whose law converges to π and is never equal to it.

Coupling from the past (Propp and Wilson, 1996) does better. Run one chain from every state, all sharing a single array {ξ_k(i)} of i.i.d. uniforms indexed by time and current state, started further and further in the past. Once two chains meet they stay together, so eventually all r coalesce before time 0 — and Theorem 2.5.1 says the common value they reach has the distribution π exactly. Theorem 2.5.2 makes it practical: if the updating function preserves a partial order with a least and a greatest state, and a single uniform sequence drives every chain, the two extremal chains funnel all the others and their coalescence suffices.

Neither theorem is a statement about a program. Each says that a random variable is almost surely finite, and that another has a distribution equal to π.

Renovating events: sufficient, and then necessary

§2.5.4 treats the general case, through Borovkov's idea. An event A_n is renovating of length m when, on it, W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}) — the sequence's value m steps ahead forgets where it came from. Theorem 2.5.3 turns a condition on how often renovating events occur into the existence of a finite stationary solution Z with Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ), and into strong backwards coupling: W_n ∘ θ^{-n} is not merely convergent to Z but equal to it after a finite random index.

Corollary 2.5.1 makes the limit independent of the initial condition — one stationary regime, reached from every starting point. Theorem 2.5.4 is the converse: for ℝ₊^K-valued recurrences with a constant initial condition, strong backwards coupling produces renovating events. So the method characterises stability rather than merely detecting it.

The saturation rule

§2.11 treats the multidimensional case, where the state is a vector and the natural models are monotone and homogeneous. Theorem 2.11.1, due to Crandall and Tartar, is the key that unlocks it: under homogeneity, monotone and non-expansive are the same property. That is what puts these models within reach of Kingman's subadditive ergodic theorem, and Theorem 2.11.2 collects the payoff — asymptotic growth rates γ̄ and γ_ exist, both almost surely and in L¹, and do not depend on the initial condition.

The goal

Queueing folklore has a rule of thumb for the stability of an open network: saturate the queues fed by the external stream, measure the departure intensity µ of the saturated system, and declare the network stable when λ < µ. The book is careful that this saturation rule "does not hold for all systems".

Theorem 2.11.3 (p.166), "the main result on the stability region", proves it for Monotone-Homogeneous-Separable networks:

If lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s., then λ γ(0) ≥ 1.    If λ γ(0) > 1, then lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s.

Here γ(c) is the growth rate of the network fed by the scaled process cN, so c = 0 places every arrival at the origin: γ(0) is exactly the saturated system's rate, and µ = γ(0)⁻¹.

Two implications, with a gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 that the book leaves open — as it leaves open the critical case ρ = 1 of Loynes' theorem. Closing it would assert more than is proved.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. There is no coupling from the past, no theory of renovating events, and no Crandall–Tartar theorem. Order/Hom/* has monotone maps and Topology/MetricSpace/* has LipschitzWith 1, which is the right ambient notion for non-expansiveness in the sup-norm, but the equivalence between them under homogeneity is absent.

Formalization scope

  • The standing assumptions of §2.5.1 (p.104) are part of every §2.5.4 statement: (P⁰, θ) is ergodic and {ξ_n} is compatible with θ. The relation Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ) holds P⁰-a.s.
  • Theorem 2.5.4 is stated for {W_n^{[C]}}, the sequence its proof on p.119 builds the renovating events for. The page prints {W_n^{[0]}} in the conclusion, and that version is false. Corollary 2.5.1 uses the renovating condition of (2.5.14), W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}), where the page prints W_n.
  • Theorem 2.11.2 carries all four limits, a.s. and in expectation, for every integrable ℝ^K-valued random initial condition Y, under the book's linear lower bound E[X_n^{[0]}] > −Cn.
  • The goal is stated on the Palm space of a stationary ergodic marked point process: T_0 = 0, T_n ∘ θ = T_{n+1} − T_1, ξ_n ∘ θ = ξ_{n+1}, E⁰τ_n = λ^{-1}, E⁰Z_n < ∞. The map X satisfies (2.11.16) (it depends only on the points and marks in the index window) and the four framework assumptions for every point process. γ(0) is the a.s. limit of Z_{[-n,-1]}(0·N)/n. Dropping the marks would reduce the theorem to deterministic service, and dropping the link between the points and θ makes the second implication false. Neither is done.
  • Stating only one of the goal's two implications, or collapsing them into an equivalence, would be a different theorem. Both implications are stated, with the gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 left open.
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory II: The Loynes Stability Theorem and CouplingTextbook

The Loynes Stability Theorem and Coupling

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds a calculus for stationary queues. Chapter 2 asks the prior question: when is there a stationary queue at all?

The G/G/1/∞ queue is one server at unit rate, infinite waiting room, fed by a stationary marked point process {(T_n, σ_n)} — arrival epochs and required service times. Its workload W(t), the service still owed by the server, obeys Lindley's equation between arrivals:

W(t) = (W(T_n−) + σ_n − (t − T_n))⁺,    t ∈ [T_n, T_{n+1}).                          (2.1.6)

Nothing in that equation says a solution exists on the whole line, let alone a stationary one. The answer is a sharp criterion in the traffic intensity ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0].

The goal

Theorem 2.1.1 (p.80), which the book calls "the fundamental result of stability". Under ρ < 1 there is a unique finite workload process on all of ℝ, compatible with the flow, and it is given explicitly by the Loynes supremum

W(0) = sup_{n ≤ 0} ( T_n + Σ_{i=n}^{0} σ_i )⁺ ,                                      (2.1.12)

with W(T_n−) = 0 for infinitely many negative and infinitely many positive n (2.1.13). If ρ > 1 there is no finite stationary workload process at all.

Each half earns its place. The supremum is what "the Loynes construction" means: look back from the origin, take the work brought by customers n, …, 0 less the time −T_n since elapsed, and maximise over how far back you look. The ρ > 1 half is what turns ρ < 1 from a sufficient condition into a criterion. The critical case ρ = 1 is an explicit non-result in the book — there "may or may not" be a stationary workload — and is deliberately absent from the statement.

The route, and what it produces on the way

§2.2 proves the theorem by Loynes' monotone scheme on the Palm space, and two of its steps are worth stating in their own right.

Lemma 2.2.1 (p.87) is the uniqueness engine: a non-negative, a.s. finite Z with Z − Z∘θ ∈ L¹(P⁰) has E⁰[Z − Z∘θ] = 0. Applied to the difference of two stationary solutions, it forces that difference to be invariant, and ergodicity then forces it to be zero.

Theorem 2.2.1 (p.90) runs the argument backwards. Its section is titled "Queueing Proof of the Ergodic Theorem", and it is exactly that: the queueing construction yields the pointwise ergodic theorem, in the ratio form

lim_n ( Σ_{i=0}^n σ∘θ^{-i} ) / ( Σ_{i=0}^n τ∘θ^{-i} ) = E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ],    P⁰-a.s.

Mathlib has the mean (von Neumann) ergodic theorem and no pointwise one, so this is absent substrate rather than a restatement.

Three extensions

The multiserver queue (§2.3). With s servers and the least-loaded-server rule, the state is the ordered workload vector obeying the Kiefer–Wolfowitz recurrence, and the criterion becomes E⁰[σ] < s E⁰[τ] (Theorem 2.3.1, p.93). Here uniqueness fails: p.94 exhibits a two-point space with a whole interval of stationary solutions. What survives is that the solution set is bracketed — M_∞ is minimal, and V^∞_∞ is the largest finite solution (Theorem 2.3.2, p.95).

Coupling (§2.4). Theorem 2.4.1 (p.99) is what "reaches the stationary regime" means: if a sequence couples with a θ-compatible one, then the law of its whole shifted trajectory converges in variation to the stationary trajectory's. The proof is one inequality, |P̃_{X,k} − P̃_{Z,k}| ≤ P(N > k), and the finiteness of the coupling time.

The fluid queue (§2.7). Theorem 2.7.1 (p.131) replaces customers by two θ_t-compatible random measures, the arrivals A and the service capacity C, and recovers the Loynes supremum W(t) = sup_{u ≤ t}(A_{u,t} − C_{u,t}) under λ < µ — as the minimal solution, the book claiming no uniqueness here.

Formalization scope

  • ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0] takes values in [0, ∞], so an input with E⁰_A[σ_0] = ∞ has ρ = ∞ and falls under the non-existence half rather than being read as ρ = 0.
  • The explicit formulas are carried: the Loynes supremum (2.1.12) with the boundedness of its set as a conclusion, the construction points (2.1.13), the ratio limit E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.2.1, the threshold s E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.3.1, and the fluid supremum (2.7.7).
  • Identities between random variables hold almost surely, as in the book: the workload equations, (2.1.12)–(2.1.13), (2.7.7), and the solutions of (2.3.2). A statement "for every sample point" would be false, because on a null invariant set of sample paths no finite solution exists.
  • Uniqueness in Theorem 2.1.1 is among measurable, θ_t-compatible workload processes; maximality in Theorem 2.3.2 is among measurable finite solutions; the coupling time of Theorem 2.4.1 is a random variable. A formalization that dropped the explicit supremum, or the ρ > 1 half, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out.

What this mission provides

None of it is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, single_server_queueing_convergence_of_subcritical, presupposes a stationary workload and proves two-time finite-dimensional convergence to it; Theorem 2.1.1 constructs that workload, proves it unique, gives it in closed form, and adds the non-existence half. Different conclusion, different generality, different Mathlib revision.

13 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory Ib: Ergodicity and Stochastic IntensityTextbook

Ergodicity and Stochastic Intensity

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory has two halves. The first builds Palm calculus from the Matthes definition of P⁰_N and reaches the Swiss army formula. This mission is the second: §§1.6, 1.8 and 1.9, which supply the two things the rest of the book runs on.

Ergodic theory, quoted

§1.6 states, in its own words, "the ergodic theory results to be used later in this book". Five of them, and the book proves none: Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem in discrete (Theorem 1.6.1) and continuous time (Theorem 1.6.4), Kingman's sub-additive ergodic theorem (Theorem 1.6.2), and the extremal characterizations of ergodicity in both settings (Theorems 1.6.3 and 1.6.5) — ergodicity is exactly the impossibility of splitting an invariant probability into two distinct ones.

They are quoted, but they are not decoration. Kingman's theorem is what produces the asymptotic growth rates of Theorem 2.11.2 and the constant γ(c) on which the saturation rule rests. Birkhoff's theorem is what makes the time average in PASTA's (3.3.2) a well-defined object, and what the fluid Loynes theorem invokes for lim_{u→−∞}(A_{u,0} − C_{u,0}) = −∞.

None of the three analytic ones exists in Mathlib. Analysis/InnerProductSpace/MeanErgodic is the mean (von Neumann, L²) theorem, not almost-everywhere convergence, and there is no sub-additive ergodic theorem at all. The platform has neither.

Predictability, and why PASTA can be stated

§1.8 introduces the stochastic intensity: a point process N admits the (P, F_t)-intensity {λ(t)} when E[N(a,b] 1_A] = E[(∫_a^b λ(t)dt) 1_A] for A ∈ F_a. Around it sits the notion of a predictable process — one measurable with respect to the strict past.

Theorem 1.8.1 is the structural fact that makes predictability usable. For the internal history of a marked point process, every predictable process has the concrete form

Z(t, ω) = v(t, θ_t ω),    v(t, ·) F_{0−}-measurable.                                   (1.8.1)

That is why mission IV can take this form as PASTA's hypothesis rather than constructing a predictable σ-field: Theorem 1.8.1 says nothing is lost.

The goal

Theorem 1.8.2 (p.61), §1.8.4, Watanabe's characterization of Poisson processes. For a history F_t = F_t^N ∨ G and a G-measurable, locally integrable {λ(t)}, if N admits the F_t-intensity {λ(t)} then N is a G-conditional Poisson process:

E[ e^{iuN(a,b]} | G ∨ F^N_a ] = exp{ (e^{iu} − 1) ∫_a^b λ(t) dt } .                    (1.8.12)

A stochastic intensity that carries no information beyond G forces the process to be Poisson conditionally on G, with the compensator as the parameter — and the conditional characteristic function is the exact Poisson one, not an approximation. With G trivial and λ constant this is the ordinary Poisson process, which is the equivalence Remark 3.3.1 of Chapter 3 invokes to explain the name PASTA. The book: "This result plays a role in queueing theory, especially for proving that some streams in a queueing network are or are not Poissonian."

Palm probability meets stochastic intensity

§1.9 asks whether the stochastic intensity is the same under P and under P⁰_N — whether the two probabilities describe the same dynamics. Theorem 1.9.1 says yes, on ℝ₊: the same process {λ(t)} serves both.

Theorem 1.9.2 is Papangelou's theorem, and it is the deepest statement of the section: N admits a stochastic intensity if and only if P⁰_N ≪ P on F_{0−}, and then λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ the Radon–Nikodým derivative. A dynamic property and a static one turn out to be the same thing.

Theorem 1.9.3 is Mecke's characterization: N is Poisson exactly when P ≡ P⁰_N on F_{0−}. The view from a point of the process and the view from a deterministic instant agree on the strict past precisely when the process has no memory. It follows in one line from the two theorems before it.

What this mission provides

Four of the five missions in this series import the Chapter 1 substrate; this one adds the two pieces they need from its second half — ergodic theory and the stochastic intensity. Nothing here is on the platform, and Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in this form, no stochastic intensity, no pointwise ergodic theorem and no Kingman.

Formalization scope

Every result is stated in the book's strength, with the book's standing definitions as binders. A discrete flow is a bijective, measurable, P⁰-preserving map (p.46); a continuous flow is jointly measurable in (t, ω) (p.3, clause (a)). A history compatible with the flow satisfies θ_t F_s = F_{s−t} (p.57), and an F_t-intensity is a non-negative, measurable, locally integrable, adapted process (p.58). The limits of Theorems 1.6.1, 1.6.2 and 1.6.4 are asserted to exist; Kingman's constant h̄ lies in ℝ ∪ {−∞} and is identified with inf_n (1/n) E⁰[h_n], the means being extended reals so that E⁰[h_n] = −∞ is not read as 0. Theorems 1.6.3, 1.6.5, 1.9.2 and 1.9.3 are equivalences, and Theorem 1.9.2 carries the closed form λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ = dP⁰_N/dP on F_{0−}. The goal's conclusion is the exact conditional characteristic function (1.8.12); a formalization that only asserted some conditional Poisson law, or conditioned on G alone, would not be this theorem.

13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory I: The Swiss Army Formula of Palm CalculusTextbook

The Swiss Army Formula of Palm Calculus

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds the calculus that the rest of the book runs on. Its subject is the relation between two ways of looking at the same stationary system: from a clock fixed in time, and from a customer arriving into it. The two are not the same — the interval a random instant falls into is longer than a typical interval, a fact every queueing student meets as the inspection paradox — and the object that makes the difference precise is the Palm probability P⁰_N.

The chapter defines P⁰_N by the Matthes definition in terms of counting,

λ t P⁰_N(A) = E[ Σ_{n ∈ ℤ} 1_A(θ_{T_n}) 1_{(0,t]}(T_n) ],                          (1.2.1)

and everything else is a theorem about it. That ordering is deliberate here too: P⁰_N is carried in the formalization as a predicate satisfying (1.2.1), not as a measure constructed to make Mecke's formula true. If it were the latter, Mecke's formula would be a definition and the inversion formula and the goal theorem would inherit that emptiness.

From (1.2.1) the chapter derives, in order: that P⁰_N is invariant under the point shift (1.2.16); Mecke's formula (1.2.17), which the literature also knows as the generalized Campbell formula; the inversion formula of Ryll-Nardzewski and Slivnyak (1.2.25), which runs back from P⁰_N to P; the mean-value formulas (1.3.2)–(1.3.3); the Neveu exchange formula (1.3.4), which relates two point processes stationary for the same flow; and the Miyazawa rate conservation principle (1.3.10), which balances the drift of a process between its jumps against the rate at which it jumps.

The goal

§1.3.7 then collects all of them into one identity. Its name is the book's own:

Depending on which blade is selected, a Swiss army knife transforms itself into various useful tools. The formula obtained in this subsection is called the Swiss army formula of Palm calculus because it contains the main formulas of this theory, as well as some new ones.

Theorem 1.3.1 (p.29). For arrivals {T_n} with counting measure A and intensity λ_A, departures {τ_n} with counting measure D — not assumed ordered — sojourn times W_n = τ_n − T_n ≥ 0 forming a sequence of marks of A, the number in system {X(t)} with X(b) − X(a) = A((a,b]) − D((a,b]), a non-decreasing corlol integrator {B(t)} and a non-negative process {Z(t)}, all compatible with a measurable flow under which P is invariant:

λ_A E⁰_A [ ∫_(0,W_0] Z(s) dB(s) ] = (1/t) E [ ∫_(0,t] X(s−) Z(s) dB(s) ].              (1.3.28)

Selecting the blade Z ≡ 1, B(t) = t turns it into λ_A E⁰_A[W_0] = E[X(0)] — Little's law, here in its full stationary-ergodic form rather than as a deterministic sample-path identity. Other choices give the inversion formula, the Miyazawa conservation principle and the rate conservation law.

The local meaning of P⁰_N

One milestone stands slightly apart. Theorem 1.5.1 (p.45) is what licenses the whole reading of P⁰_N as "what an arriving customer sees":

lim_{t→0} sup_{A ∈ F} | P⁰_N(A) − P(θ_{T_1} ∈ A | T_1 ≤ t) | = 0.                       (1.5.3)

The supremum is inside the limit. The convergence is uniform over every measurable event, which is what Dobrushin's estimate of §1.5.1 buys and what a pointwise limit would not give.

What this mission provides

Nothing in this chapter exists on the platform or in Mathlib: not stationary marked point processes, not Palm probability, not the Campbell measure. Four of the five missions in this series import the vocabulary built here, and the two definition items — the substrate of §§1.1–1.2 and the setting of §1.3.7 — are as much of the deliverable as the theorems are.

Formalization scope

  • The flow {θ_t} is a one-parameter group with (t, ω) ↦ θ_t ω jointly measurable (p.5 (a)); a point process is its strictly increasing points {T_n}_{n ∈ ℤ} with T_0 ≤ 0 < T_1, infinitely many on each side (Hypothesis 1.1.1), with finite non-null intensity λ = E[N((0,1])].
  • P⁰_N is characterized by (1.2.1) for every t > 0, which determines it uniquely; nothing is axiomatized. A formalization that introduced P⁰_N as any measure satisfying Mecke's formula would make the milestones and the goal trivial and is ruled out.
  • Every "for all non-negative measurable" formula (Mecke, inversion, mean-value, Neveu, Wald, the goal) is stated in [0, ∞] with lower Lebesgue integrals, for all such functions, not only bounded or integrable ones.
  • Three hypotheses the book uses without listing them are explicit: the Swiss army formula assumes the integrator {B(t)} is θ_t-compatible (the proof uses it, and without it the identity fails); it is stated for t > 0, the only values at which 1/t and (0, t] give it content; and the Miyazawa principle assumes Y'(0) ∈ L¹(P), which its E[Y'(0)] presupposes.
  • Theorem 1.5.1 keeps the supremum over all events inside the limit (one δ for every A).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems XIV: Conforming Approximating Sequences for Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Countable-state Markov chains are the standard model of queues with unbounded buffers, but any numerical computation of their long-run behaviour works on a finite state space. The usual remedy is truncation: restrict the chain to a finite set SNS_NSN​ and redistribute the probability of leaving SNS_NSN​ back into it. Whether the steady state probabilities and average costs of the truncated chains converge to those of the original chain depends on how that probability is redistributed. Gibson and Seneta studied this question for the stationary distributions of chains without costs (Gibson and Seneta, J. Appl. Prob., 1987). Sennott extended it to chains with costs and expected first passage costs (Sennott, Adv. Appl. Prob. 29, 1997; ZOR Math. Meth. Oper. Res. 45, 1997), and used it as the basis of the approximating sequence method for average-cost Markov decision chains (Sennott, 1999, Chapter 8). This mission covers Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5 of the 1999 book, the Markov-chain results that the book's average-cost approximation theorems use.

Setting

A Markov chain with costs Γ\GammaΓ on a denumerable state space SSS has transition probabilities PijP_{ij}Pij​ with ∑jPij=1\sum_jP_{ij}=1∑j​Pij​=1 and a finite nonnegative cost C(i)C(i)C(i) at each state. For a set G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S and a start iii, TiG≥1T_{iG}\ge 1TiG​≥1 is the first passage time to GGG. The taboo probability GPik(t){}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}G​Pik(t)​ is the probability of moving from iii to kkk in ttt steps with no intermediate state in GGG. The expected visits Guik{}_Gu_{ik}G​uik​ count the visits to kkk at times 0≤t<TiG0\le t<T_{iG}0≤t<TiG​. The mean first passage time is miG=E[TiG]m_{iG}=E[T_{iG}]miG​=E[TiG​], infinite when GGG is missed with positive probability. The first passage cost is ciG=E[∑t<TiGC(Xt)]c_{iG}=E\big[\sum_{t<T_{iG}}C(X_t)\big]ciG​=E[∑t<TiG​​C(Xt​)]. A state iii is positive recurrent when mii<∞m_{ii}<\inftymii​<∞, and the steady state probability is πi=mii−1\pi_i=m_{ii}^{-1}πi​=mii−1​. On a positive recurrent class RRR the average cost is JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j). The chain is zzz standard when miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii. Such a chain has one positive recurrent class R∋zR\ni zR∋z with JR<∞J_R<\inftyJR​<∞, and every other state is transient.

An approximating sequence (AS) (ΓN)N≥N0(\Gamma_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΓN​)N≥N0​​ consists of increasing nonempty finite sets SNS_NSN​ with ⋃NSN=S\bigcup_NS_N=S⋃N​SN​=S and, for each NNN, a chain ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ on SNS_NSN​ with the same costs and transition probabilities Pij(N)→PijP_{ij}(N)\to P_{ij}Pij​(N)→Pij​. The quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are written miG(N)m_{iG}(N)miG​(N), ciG(N)c_{iG}(N)ciG​(N), πi(N)\pi_i(N)πi​(N) and J(i)(N)J(i)(N)J(i)(N). An AS is conforming (for a zzz standard Γ\GammaΓ) if, for large NNN, ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is unichain with zzz in its positive recurrent class, and miz(N)→mizm_{iz}(N)\to m_{iz}miz​(N)→miz​ and ciz(N)→cizc_{iz}(N)\to c_{iz}ciz​(N)→ciz​ for all iii. It is conforming on RRR if πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ and J(i)(N)→JRJ(i)(N)\to J_RJ(i)(N)→JR​ on RRR.

An augmentation type approximating sequence (ATAS) keeps the original probabilities inside SNS_NSN​ and redistributes the probability of each excluded target r∉SNr\notin S_Nr∈/SN​ according to an augmentation distribution q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) on SNS_NSN​:

Pij(N)=Pij+∑r∈S−SNPir qj(i,r,N),j∈SN.P_{ij}(N)=P_{ij}+\sum_{r\in S-S_N}P_{ir}\,q_j(i,r,N),\qquad j\in S_N.Pij​(N)=Pij​+r∈S−SN​∑​Pir​qj​(i,r,N),j∈SN​.

It sends excess probability to GGG if every q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) is concentrated on GGG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition C.5.2

For a zzz standard chain Γ\GammaΓ and a finite nonempty G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S,

every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,\text{every ATAS that sends excess probability to } G \text{ is conforming},every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,

and if G⊆RG\subseteq RG⊆R it is also conforming on RRR. No rate of convergence and no constants are involved, and GGG need not contain zzz.

Milestones

  1. Proposition C.4.2: for fixed ttt, lim⁡NGPik(t)(N)=GPik(t)\lim_N{}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}(N)={}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}limN​G​Pik(t)​(N)=G​Pik(t)​; also lim inf⁡NGuik(N)≥Guik\liminf_N{}_Gu_{ik}(N)\ge{}_Gu_{ik}liminfN​G​uik​(N)≥G​uik​ and lim inf⁡NmiG(N)≥miG\liminf_Nm_{iG}(N)\ge m_{iG}liminfN​miG​(N)≥miG​.
  2. Proposition C.4.3: πi(N)→0\pi_i(N)\to0πi​(N)→0 off the positive recurrent states, and along subsequences πi(Ns)→bπi\pi_i(N_s)\to b\pi_iπi​(Ns​)→bπi​ on a class, with 0≤b≤10\le b\le10≤b≤1.
  3. Proposition C.4.5: lim inf⁡NciG(N)≥ciG\liminf_Nc_{iG}(N)\ge c_{iG}liminfN​ciG​(N)≥ciG​.
  4. Proposition C.4.6: on a positive recurrent class, convergence of π\piπ, of mzzm_{zz}mzz​ and of all miGm_{iG}miG​ are equivalent. Given these, convergence of J(i)J(i)J(i), of czzc_{zz}czz​ and of all ciGc_{iG}ciG​ are equivalent.
  5. Proposition C.4.9: conformity implies πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ for all iii, and that the constant average costs J(N)J(N)J(N) of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ converge to JRJ_RJR​.

Further results

  1. Proposition C.5.3: an ATAS is conforming when, for N≥N∗N\ge N^*N≥N∗, the augmentation distributions satisfy ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)mjz≤mrz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)m_{jz}\le m_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)mjz​≤mrz​ and ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)cjz≤crz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)c_{jz}\le c_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)cjz​≤crz​.
  2. Corollary C.5.4: for a 000 standard chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} with an upper Hessenberg transition matrix, truncated to SN={0,…,N}S_N=\{0,\dots,N\}SN​={0,…,N} with the excess sent to NNN, the ATAS is conforming.

Significance

The result. Conformity is the hypothesis under which the book's approximating sequence method works for average-cost queueing control (Chapter 8). The method computes optimal policies for finite truncations and passes to the limit. That argument needs the first passage times and costs to a distinguished state to converge along the chains induced by fixed policies. Propositions C.5.2 and C.5.3 turn this analytic requirement into conditions on the truncation scheme that can be checked in practice: send the overflow to a fixed finite set, or to states from which reaching zzz is no more expensive. Examples C.4.4 and C.4.7 of the book show that an arbitrary approximating sequence can fail. The limit of the steady state probabilities can be a strict multiple bπb\pibπ with b<1b<1b<1. First passage costs can converge to the wrong value even when the steady state probabilities converge.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the book, some in abbreviated form ("the proof for the costs is similar and is omitted"). The Prove2Me library had no statement on truncation or augmentation of countable Markov chains when this mission was drafted (September 2026). A formalization supplies the omitted cost arguments, makes the passage between lim inf⁡\liminfliminf bounds and limits in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] explicit, and produces a reusable library of first passage quantities for countable chains.

Difficulty

The lower bounds of Propositions C.4.2 and C.4.5 are the routine part. The difficulty is the matching upper bound: in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​, a first passage that leaves SNS_NSN​ is restarted elsewhere, which can lengthen it without bound. Taking limits termwise in the first passage equation miz(N)=1+∑j≠zPij(N)mjz(N)m_{iz}(N)=1+\sum_{j\ne z}P_{ij}(N)m_{jz}(N)miz​(N)=1+∑j=z​Pij​(N)mjz​(N) fails, because no dominating function is available and mass can escape to infinity. Example C.4.4 exhibits exactly this. Unichain structure is also not automatic: ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ may have several recurrent classes, or a recurrent class not containing zzz, and ruling this out is part of the conclusion rather than an assumption.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in SennottDP.ChainASM. A chain is a structure MC S with P : S → S → ℝ≥0∞, ∑' j, P i j = 1 and C : S → ℝ≥0. Theorems assume [Countable S] [Infinite S], matching the book's denumerable state space. Taboo probabilities, expected visits, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 and JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j) are defined as sums in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. miG=∑t≥0P(TiG>t)m_{iG}=\sum_{t\ge0}P(T_{iG}>t)miG​=∑t≥0​P(TiG​>t) is infinite whenever GGG is missed with positive probability. The average cost J(i)J(i)J(i) is the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of the Cesàro cost averages.

An AS is a structure carrying N0N_0N0​, the finite sets SNS_NSN​ (as Finset S) and Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N). ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is built as an MC on the subtype of SNS_NSN​, and a set GGG is read in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ as G∩SNG\cap S_NG∩SN​. Quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are lifted to functions of NNN and of states of SSS with the value 000 where they are undefined (N<N0N<N_0N<N0​ or a state outside SNS_NSN​). For fixed states this affects finitely many NNN, and all statements are limits, lim inf⁡\liminfliminfs or eventual equalities. All convergence is in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The conformity predicate includes the standing assumption that Γ\GammaΓ is zzz standard. The positive recurrent class RRR of a zzz standard chain is the communicating class of zzz.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the AS of Example C.4.4, whose positive recurrent class {N}\{N\}{N} excludes z=0z=0z=0, is not conforming under these definitions. The ATAS predicate requires the augmentation distributions to be probability distributions and to reproduce Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N) exactly by (C.27).

A complete development needs first passage decompositions for countable chains, the renewal-reward identity JR=czz/mzzJ_R=c_{zz}/m_{zz}JR​=czz​/mzz​, and dominated and Fatou-type limit theorems for sums (the book's Appendix A). The first passage library and the lifted-quantity conventions can be reused by the average-cost approximation chapters. Contributions of intermediate lemmas are welcome, especially the finite-state unichain facts of Section C.3 and the identities of Propositions C.1.4 and C.2.2.

Proposition C.5.5 (lower Hessenberg chains, from Gibson and Seneta) is stated in the book without proof and without naming the distinguished state, and is not included.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, "The computation of average optimal policies in denumerable state Markov decision chains", Advances in Applied Probability 29 (1997) 114–137 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997a).
  • L. I. Sennott, "On computing average cost optimal policies with application to routing to parallel queues", ZOR Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 45 (1997) 45–62 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997b).
  • D. Gibson and E. Seneta, "Augmented truncations of infinite stochastic matrices", Journal of Applied Probability (1987).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach III: The Risks of the Empirical Costs Follow an Ordered Dirichlet DistributionTextbook

Motivation

A scenario program replaces an uncertain optimization problem by its worst case over finitely many sampled instances. In its simplest form it reads

min⁡ν∈Rd−1[max⁡i=1,…,Nℓ(ν,δi)],\min_{\nu\in\mathbb R^{d-1}}\Big[\max_{i=1,\dots,N}\ell(\nu,\delta_i)\Big],ν∈Rd−1min​[i=1,…,Nmax​ℓ(ν,δi​)],

where ℓ(ν,δ)\ell(\nu,\delta)ℓ(ν,δ) is the cost of a decision ν\nuν when the uncertain parameter takes the value δ\deltaδ, and δ1,…,δN\delta_1,\dots,\delta_Nδ1​,…,δN​ are independent draws from an unknown probability P\mathbb PP. The classical guarantee of the scenario approach (Campi and Garatti, 2008) bounds the probability that a new instance produces a cost above the optimal value ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗, and it does so without any knowledge of P\mathbb PP.

That guarantee concerns a single number, ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗. Two scenario programs with the same NNN and the same optimal value can look very different at the solution: in one, most sampled costs lie just below ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗; in the other, they are widely scattered. The costs that do not determine the solution still carry information about how the cost of the chosen decision is distributed on future instances. Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015) showed that this information can be extracted with the same distribution-free character as the classical result, which is the subject of this mission. It is Chapter 8, §8.1 ("Probability box") of Campi and Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach (SIAM/MOS 2018), the third mission of the series formalizing that book.

Timeline:

  • 2008: Campi and Garatti prove that the violation of the scenario solution is dominated by a beta distribution B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1), with equality for fully supported problems (doi:10.1137/07069821X).
  • 2015: Carè, Garatti and Campi prove that the risks of all empirical costs from index ddd on have a joint ordered Dirichlet law (doi:10.1137/130928546).
  • 2018: the book states the result as Theorem 8.4 and draws the probability box from it.

Setting

Let Δ\DeltaΔ be a measurable space with a probability P\mathbb PP, and ℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R\ell:\mathbb R^{d-1}\times\Delta\to\mathbb Rℓ:Rd−1×Δ→R a cost that is convex in ν\nuν for every δ\deltaδ (a standing assumption of the book). For a sample (δ1,…,δN)(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_N)(δ1​,…,δN​) of independent draws from P\mathbb PP, let ν∗\nu^*ν∗ be the solution of the program above and ℓ∗=max⁡iℓ(ν∗,δi)\ell^*=\max_i\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i)ℓ∗=maxi​ℓ(ν∗,δi​) its optimal value.

Empirical costs (Definition 8.1). Sort the costs of the solution on the sampled scenarios in decreasing order, ℓ1∗≥ℓ2∗≥⋯≥ℓN∗\ell^*_1\ge\ell^*_2\ge\dots\ge\ell^*_Nℓ1∗​≥ℓ2∗​≥⋯≥ℓN∗​; so ℓ1∗=ℓ∗\ell^*_1=\ell^*ℓ1∗​=ℓ∗.

Risk (Definition 8.2). For a decision ν\nuν and a level ℓ\ellℓ, R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}R(\nu,\ell)=\mathbb P\{\delta:\ell(\nu,\delta)>\ell\}R(ν,ℓ)=P{δ:ℓ(ν,δ)>ℓ}. The risk of the kkk-th empirical cost is Rk=R(ν∗,ℓk∗)R_k=R(\nu^*,\ell^*_k)Rk​=R(ν∗,ℓk∗​), and R1≤R2≤⋯≤RNR_1\le R_2\le\dots\le R_NR1​≤R2​≤⋯≤RN​.

Nondegeneracy (Definition 8.3). For every N≥dN\ge dN≥d, with probability 111, ℓd∗≠ℓd+1∗≠…≠ℓN∗\ell^*_d\ne\ell^*_{d+1}\ne\dots\ne\ell^*_Nℓd∗​=ℓd+1∗​=…=ℓN∗​. Costs with index below ddd are excluded because several scenarios typically attain the maximum at ν∗\nu^*ν∗.

Support constraints and full support (Definitions 5.1 and 5.4). In epigraph form, min⁡t\min tmint subject to t≥ℓ(ν,δi)t\ge\ell(\nu,\delta_i)t≥ℓ(ν,δi​), the constraint of scenario iii is a support constraint if removing it lowers the optimal value; the problem is fully supported if for every m≥dm\ge dm≥d the program with mmm scenarios has exactly ddd support constraints with probability 111.

The ordered Dirichlet distribution with parameters (d,1,…,1)(d,1,\dots,1)(d,1,…,1) is the law on {0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1}\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1} with density N!(d−1)!αdd−1\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\alpha_d^{d-1}(d−1)!N!​αdd−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4

Under nondegeneracy, for N≥dN\ge dN≥d and all εd,…,εN\varepsilon_d,\dots,\varepsilon_Nεd​,…,εN​,

PN{Rd≤εd,…,RN≤εN}=N!(d−1)!∫0εdαdd−1∫0εd+1 ⁣ ⁣⋯∫0εN1{0≤αd≤⋯≤αN≤1} dαN⋯dαd.\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon_d,\dots,R_N\le\varepsilon_N\}=\frac{N!}{(d-1)!}\int_0^{\varepsilon_d}\alpha_d^{d-1}\int_0^{\varepsilon_{d+1}}\!\!\cdots\int_0^{\varepsilon_N}\mathbf 1_{\{0\le\alpha_d\le\dots\le\alpha_N\le1\}}\,\mathrm d\alpha_N\cdots\mathrm d\alpha_d .PN{Rd​≤εd​,…,RN​≤εN​}=(d−1)!N!​∫0εd​​αdd−1​∫0εd+1​​⋯∫0εN​​1{0≤αd​≤⋯≤αN​≤1}​dαN​⋯dαd​.

This is an identity of joint distribution functions, not a bound, and it does not depend on ℓ\ellℓ or P\mathbb PP.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.7 for the min-max program: PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R(\nu^*,\ell^*)>\varepsilon\}\le\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{R(ν∗,ℓ∗)>ε}≤∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i for ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1].
  2. Fully supported problems: ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​ with probability 111.
  3. Marginal of RdR_dRd​ (a corollary of the goal): PN{Rd≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1(Ni)εi(1−ε)N−i\mathbb P^N\{R_d\le\varepsilon\}=1-\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\varepsilon^i(1-\varepsilon)^{N-i}PN{Rd​≤ε}=1−∑i=0d−1​(iN​)εi(1−ε)N−i, the beta law B(d,N−d+1)B(d,N-d+1)B(d,N−d+1).

Significance

The result. The theorem controls the whole distribution function of the cost ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ) of the scenario solution on a new instance, not just one quantile of it. Discarding the extreme tails of the laws of Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ yields, with a prescribed confidence 1−β1-\beta1−β, a region (the book's "probability box", Figure 8.2) that contains the entire cumulative distribution function of ℓ(ν∗,δ)\ell(\nu^*,\delta)ℓ(ν∗,δ), computed from the sample alone. The first marginal recovers the classical Theorem 3.7, since ℓ∗≥ℓd∗\ell^*\ge\ell^*_dℓ∗≥ℓd∗​ makes the risk of ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗ at most RdR_dRd​.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in Carè, Garatti and Campi (2015); the book states it and gives no proof. No machine-checked version of the scenario approach, of its generalization theorem, or of ordered Dirichlet laws of risks is known to exist. A formalization would produce a checked proof of the distribution-free identity together with the combinatorial and measure-theoretic infrastructure (order statistics of sampled costs, laws of random risks) that the rest of scenario theory reuses. The milestones separate the classical beta bound, which is also the goal of the first mission of this series, from the new exact joint law.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt treats Rd,…,RNR_d,\dots,R_NRd​,…,RN​ as the order statistics of the uniform variables 1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi))1-F(\ell(\nu^*,\delta_i))1−F(ℓ(ν∗,δi​)). That works only for d=1d=1d=1, when the decision space is a point and the costs are independent. For d≥2d\ge2d≥2 the decision ν∗\nu^*ν∗ is itself a function of the whole sample, so the sampled costs at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ are neither independent nor identically distributed, and the ddd-th cost is tied to the scenarios that determine the solution. The factor αdd−1\alpha_d^{d-1}αdd−1​ and the constant N!/(d−1)!N!/(d-1)!N!/(d−1)! encode exactly this dependence. Any argument must account for which scenarios are active at ν∗\nu^*ν∗ without assuming full support, since the theorem holds whether or not ℓ∗=ℓd∗\ell^*=\ell^*_dℓ∗=ℓd∗​.

Formalization scope

The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and the book's ddd is n+1n+1n+1; the sample is ω : Fin N → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ => P). Empirical costs are read from Tuple.sort with kkk counted from 111; risks are real numbers (P {δ | c < ℓ ν δ}).toReal. The right-hand side of the goal is a Lebesgue integral over the box ∏k[0,εk]\prod_k[0,\varepsilon_k]∏k​[0,εk​] intersected with the ordered simplex, stated for all real εk\varepsilon_kεk​. The solution map ω↦ν∗\omega\mapsto\nu^*ω↦ν∗ is a hypothesis-constrained function, never an arbitrary map.

Implicit hypotheses of the book pinned down in the binders:

  • ℓ(⋅,δ)\ell(\cdot,\delta)ℓ(⋅,δ) is convex for every δ\deltaδ (p. 6).
  • Existence and uniqueness of the solution of the program for every sample size m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and every sample; the book's Assumption 3.6 says "every mmm", but the program with no scenario has no solution.
  • Nondegeneracy for every sample size m≥dm\ge dm≥d, not only for the NNN of the theorem, as Definition 8.3 is written.
  • Joint measurability of (ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ)(\nu,\delta)\mapsto\ell(\nu,\delta)(ν,δ)↦ℓ(ν,δ) and measurability of the solution map (measurability is glossed over in the book, p. 6 footnote 1 and p. 33).
  • N≥dN\ge dN≥d, and ε∈[0,1]\varepsilon\in[0,1]ε∈[0,1] in the binomial-form statements.

A statement in which the solution is an arbitrary measurable map, or in which the nondegeneracy or existence hypothesis is unsatisfiable, would make the goal vacuous; the hypotheses here are met, for example, by ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2\ell(\nu,\delta)=\|\nu-\delta\|^2ℓ(ν,δ)=∥ν−δ∥2 with a continuous law on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn, and for d=1d=1d=1 by any cost independent of ν\nuν with an atomless law.

A complete development needs: the scenario approach generalization theorem (reusable across this series), laws of order statistics of i.i.d. uniform variables, and the combinatorics of support sets of convex min-max programs. Proofs of the milestones, of the d=1d=1d=1 case of the goal, and of auxiliary facts about kthLargest are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM, 2018. doi:10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • A. Carè, S. Garatti, M. C. Campi, Scenario min-max optimization and the risk of empirical costs, SIAM J. Optim. 25(4):2061–2080, 2015. doi:10.1137/130928546
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM J. Optim. 19:1211–1230, 2008. doi:10.1137/07069821X
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces III: The Maximal Kernel of a Mixture Proposal Dominates the Mixture of Maximal Kernels Off the DiagonalResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov chain Monte Carlo sampler is often assembled from simpler parts. A practitioner who has several proposal mechanisms Q1,Q2,…Q_1, Q_2, \dotsQ1​,Q2​,… for a Metropolis–Hastings sampler can combine them in two ways. Either each QiQ_iQi​ drives its own Metropolis–Hastings kernel PiP_iPi​ and the sampler picks kernel PiP_iPi​ with probability βi\beta_iβi​ at each step, or the mixture Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​ is used as a single proposal inside one Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Both samplers leave the target π\piπ invariant, so the choice is about efficiency.

Section 4 of Tierney (1998) settles the comparison: when both samplers use the maximal acceptance probability, the second never does worse in terms of asymptotic variances of sample-path averages. The statement that carries this is Proposition 5, an ordering of kernels in Peskun's off-diagonal order; the variance comparison then follows from Theorem 4 of the same paper, the general-state-space extension of Peskun (1973).

Timeline. Peskun (1973) introduced off-diagonal domination for finite state spaces and showed that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is maximal in that order. A version of Proposition 5 for discrete chains appears in the appendix of Tierney (1991) and in the rejoinder of Besag, Green, Higdon and Mengersen (1995). Tierney (1998) states and proves it for general state spaces, using the measure-theoretic description of Metropolis–Hastings kernels from §2 of the same paper.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space and π\piπ a probability measure on it, the target. A proposal kernel Q(x,dy)Q(x, dy)Q(x,dy) is a Markov kernel on EEE. Given a measurable acceptance probability α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha : E \times E \to [0,1]α:E×E→[0,1], the Metropolis–Hastings kernel is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du),P(x, dy) = Q(x, dy)\,\alpha(x, y) + \delta_x(dy) \int \bigl(1 - \alpha(x, u)\bigr)\, Q(x, du),P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du),

where δx\delta_xδx​ is the point mass at xxx (mhKernel Q α).

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx, dy) = \pi(dx) Q(x, dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) and μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx, dy) = \mu(dy, dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx). With ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT and h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν (canonDensity), let

R={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on RcR = \{(x, y) : h(x, y) > 0,\ h(y, x) > 0\},\qquad r(x, y) = h(x, y)/h(y, x) \text{ on } R,\quad r = 1 \text{ on } R^cR={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on Rc

(canonR, canonRatio). The set RRR is symmetric, μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular off it (Proposition 1 of the paper). The Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is

αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH(x,y)=0 otherwise\alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{1, r(y, x)\} \text{ if } (x, y) \in R, \qquad \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = 0 \text{ otherwise}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH​(x,y)=0 otherwise

(alphaMH π Q), and the kernel with α=αMH\alpha = \alpha_{MH}α=αMH​ is the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QQQ (maxMHKernel π Q).

For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ on EEE, P1P_1P1​ dominates P2P_2P2​ off the diagonal, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂), if for π\piπ-almost every xxx, P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})P_1(x, A \setminus \{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus \{x\})P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x}) for all A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. For a countable family of kernels KiK_iKi​ and weights βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0, the mixture ∑iβiKi\sum_i \beta_i K_i∑i​βi​Ki​ is the kernel x↦∑iβiKi(x,⋅)x \mapsto \sum_i \beta_i K_i(x, \cdot)x↦∑i​βi​Ki​(x,⋅) (mixKernel β K).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

Let QiQ_iQi​ be a finite or countable family of proposal kernels and βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0 with ∑iβi=1\sum_i \beta_i = 1∑i​βi​=1. Let PiP_iPi​ be the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QiQ_iQi​ and PPP the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​. Then

P⪰∑iβiPi.P \succeq \sum_i \beta_i P_i .P⪰i∑​βi​Pi​.

Both sides use maximal kernels: PPP uses αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ of the mixture proposal, each PiP_iPi​ its own αMH(i)\alpha^{(i)}_{MH}αMH(i)​, and the same weights βi\beta_iβi​ form both mixtures.

Milestones

  1. The construction in the proof of Proposition 1 (p. 2) yields a set RRR and ratio rrr with the properties of Proposition 1 for μ=π⊗Q\mu = \pi \otimes Qμ=π⊗Q.
  2. αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ satisfies conditions (i) and (ii) of Theorem 2 (p. 3): αMH=0\alpha_{MH} = 0αMH​=0 μ\muμ-a.e. on RcR^cRc, and αMH(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH(y,x)\alpha_{MH}(x, y) r(x, y) = \alpha_{MH}(y, x)αMH​(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH​(y,x) μ\muμ-a.e. on RRR.
  3. The maximal kernel satisfies detailed balance, π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dx) P(x, dy) = \pi(dy) P(y, dx)π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx).
  4. For any symmetric σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν dominating μ\muμ, with h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)=min⁡{h(y,x),h(x,y)} ν(dx,dy).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{h(y, x), h(x, y)\}\, \nu(dx, dy).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)=min{h(y,x),h(x,y)}ν(dx,dy).
  1. As measures on E×EE \times EE×E:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)≥∑iβi π(dx)Qi(x,dy) αMH(i)(x,y).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) \ge \sum_i \beta_i\, \pi(dx) Q_i(x, dy)\, \alpha^{(i)}_{MH}(x, y).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)≥i∑​βi​π(dx)Qi​(x,dy)αMH(i)​(x,y).

A companion item states the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ (§3, p. 7): every measurable acceptance probability α\alphaα whose kernel is reversible satisfies α≤αMH\alpha \le \alpha_{MH}α≤αMH​ μ\muμ-a.e., so the maximal kernel dominates every reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernel with the same proposal.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5, combined with Theorem 4 of the paper (off-diagonal domination orders asymptotic variances of reversible kernels), shows that for every function fff with finite variance the asymptotic variance of 1n∑kf(Xk)\frac1n \sum_{k} f(X_k)n1​∑k​f(Xk​) under the mixture-proposal sampler is at most that under the mixture of samplers. Per-iteration cost can be higher for the mixture proposal, since αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ then needs the densities of all components; Proposition 5 isolates the statistical side of that trade-off. The maximality companion states the fact behind the name "maximal kernel": αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the largest acceptance probability that keeps a Metropolis–Hastings kernel reversible.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is a computation of about six lines with Radon–Nikodym densities. A formal version must make explicit what the computation leaves implicit: that αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, defined from one dominating measure, has the same density form for every symmetric dominating measure; that the measure inequality on E×EE \times EE×E passes to the kernel-level statement with one null set for all AAA; and that the mixture proposal and the mixture of kernels are handled as countable sums of kernels. As of September 2026 neither Mathlib nor this platform has a machine-checked version of Proposition 5, of the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, or of reversibility of the Metropolis–Hastings kernel on a general state space; only finite-state Metropolis chains have been formalized on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works pointwise with densities: write every kernel as a density against a common reference measure and compare min⁡{⋅,⋅}\min\{\cdot, \cdot\}min{⋅,⋅} of sums with sums of minima. On a general state space there is no common reference measure given in advance, and αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is only defined up to μ\muμ-null sets, through a Radon–Nikodym derivative with respect to μ+μT\mu + \mu^Tμ+μT, a measure that differs for QQQ and for each QiQ_iQi​. The step that needs care is relating these different versions: the densities hih_ihi​ of the μi\mu_iμi​ against a common symmetric ν\nuν, the density of μ=∑iβiμi\mu = \sum_i \beta_i \mu_iμ=∑i​βi​μi​, and the transpose densities h(y,x)h(y, x)h(y,x), which are densities of μT\mu^TμT only because ν\nuν is symmetric.

The second difficulty is the passage from measures to kernels. The inequality between measures on E×EE \times EE×E gives, for each fixed AAA, the kernel inequality for π\piπ-almost every xxx, with a null set that depends on AAA. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ requires one null set for all AAA, and the diagonal must be removed, which needs the diagonal to be measurable.

Formalization scope

The formalization is in Lean 4 with Mathlib, in the namespace TierneyMH.Mixture. The state space is a type E with a σ-algebra; π is a probability measure; proposal kernels are Markov kernels Kernel E E. Acceptance probabilities and densities take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞); a general α\alphaα is assumed measurable with α≤1\alpha \le 1α≤1. μ\muμ is π ⊗ₘ Q, μT\mu^TμT its image under Prod.swap, detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. Mixtures are indexed by a countable type ("a sequence", which includes finite families), with weights in ℝ≥0 and HasSum β 1.

Added hypotheses, both labelled in the statements: singletons are measurable (implicit in the paper's A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} and δx\delta_xδx​), on the goal and the maximality companion; and, on the goal only, the σ-algebra of EEE is countably generated. The second is an addition to the paper: it is what makes the exceptional null set in ⪰\succeq⪰ uniform over AAA in the passage from the measure inequality to the kernels. It is not assumed in the measure-level milestones.

αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is one fixed version, built from Mathlib's rnDeriv exactly as in the proof of Proposition 1 (with ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT, not an arbitrary dominating measure), and all statements are insensitive to the version. The ratio rrr is set to 1 on the null subset of RRR where hhh is infinite, so that 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty0<r<∞ and r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x, y) = 1/r(y, x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) hold everywhere, as Proposition 1 asks.

Trivializations ruled out: αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the indicator of RRR times min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\min\{1, r(y, x)\}min{1,r(y,x)}, never an arbitrary acceptance function or a single α\alphaα shared by all components; ⪰\succeq⪰ compares A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x}, not AAA (on AAA the rejection masses differ and the comparison is false); and the conclusion is about the Metropolis–Hastings kernels themselves, not about the measure identity alone. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on EEE = Bool with π\piπ uniform, two proposals Q1=πQ_1 = \piQ1​=π and Q2=δxQ_2 = \delta_xQ2​=δx​ and weights (1/2,1/2)(1/2, 1/2)(1/2,1/2).

Needed infrastructure, reusable for other Metropolis–Hastings results: Radon–Nikodym calculus for product measures and their transposes, countable sums of kernels, and a monotone-class argument over a countable generating family. The Metropolis–Hastings kernel, RRR, rrr and off-diagonal domination are defined identically in the companion missions I (detailed balance, Theorem 2) and II (Peskun ordering, Theorem 4) of this series. Proofs of milestones in any order, and proofs of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, The Annals of Applied Probability 8(1), 1998, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 1973, 607–612. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • J. Besag, P. Green, D. Higdon, K. Mengersen, Bayesian computation and stochastic systems (with discussion), Statistical Science 10(1), 1995, 3–66. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177010123
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo sampling methods using Markov chains and their applications, Biometrika 57(1), 1970, 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equations of state calculations by fast computing machines, J. Chemical Physics 21, 1953, 1087–1091. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Number TheoryQuantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer 4: The Discrete Logarithm Circuit Gives a Good Output with Probability at Least 1/480Research Paper

Motivation

The discrete logarithm problem modulo a prime asks, given a prime ppp, a generator ggg of the multiplicative group modulo ppp, and a nonzero residue xxx, for the exponent rrr with gr≡x(modp)g^r\equiv x \pmod pgr≡x(modp). Its presumed classical hardness underlies Diffie–Hellman key exchange, ElGamal encryption and the Digital Signature Algorithm. The best classical algorithm known when Shor wrote, Gordon's adaptation of the number field sieve, runs in time exp⁡(O((log⁡p)1/3(log⁡log⁡p)2/3))\exp(O((\log p)^{1/3}(\log\log p)^{2/3}))exp(O((logp)1/3(loglogp)2/3)).

In §6 of Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer (SIAM J. Comput. 26(5), 1997; doi:10.1137/S0097539795293172, arXiv:quant-ph/9508027), Shor gave a quantum algorithm that uses two modular exponentiations and two quantum Fourier transforms and outputs, with constant probability, a pair from which rrr can be computed. The quantitative core of that analysis is a single number: the circuit produces a "good" output with probability at least 1/4801/4801/480. This mission formalizes that bound and the three estimates it is assembled from.

Setting

Let ppp be a prime and ggg a generator of (Z/pZ)×(\mathbb Z/p\mathbb Z)^\times(Z/pZ)×, so that 1,g,…,gp−21,g,\dots,g^{p-2}1,g,…,gp−2 are all the nonzero residues. Fix the unknown rrr with 0≤r<p−10\le r<p-10≤r<p−1 and put x=grx=g^rx=gr. Let q=2lq=2^lq=2l be the power of 222 with p<q<2pp<q<2pp<q<2p.

The Fourier matrix AqA_qAq​ is the q×qq\times qq×q matrix with entries (Aq)a,c=q−1/2exp⁡(2πi ac/q)(A_q)_{a,c}=q^{-1/2}\exp(2\pi i\,ac/q)(Aq​)a,c​=q−1/2exp(2πiac/q) for 0≤a,c<q0\le a,c<q0≤a,c<q (§4, eq. (4.1)). Rows index input basis vectors and columns output basis vectors.

The algorithm uses three registers: two holding numbers 0≤a,b<q0\le a,b<q0≤a,b<q and one holding a nonzero residue modulo ppp. It starts from the state

1p−1∑a=0p−2∑b=0p−2∣a,b,gax−b (mod p)⟩(6.1)\frac{1}{p-1}\sum_{a=0}^{p-2}\sum_{b=0}^{p-2}|a,b,g^ax^{-b}\ (\mathrm{mod}\ p)\rangle \qquad (6.1)p−11​a=0∑p−2​b=0∑p−2​∣a,b,gax−b (mod p)⟩(6.1)

(preFourierState), applies AqA_qAq​ to each of the first two registers (finalState), and measures all three registers. The probability of observing ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ is the squared modulus of its amplitude (outcomeProb).

For integers zzz and q>0q>0q>0, the symmetric residue {z}q\{z\}_q{z}q​ is the residue of zzz modulo qqq in (−q/2,q/2](-q/2,q/2](−q/2,q/2] (symmRes). Put

T=rc+d−rp−1{c(p−1)}q.T=rc+d-\frac{r}{p-1}\{c(p-1)\}_q .T=rc+d−p−1r​{c(p−1)}q​.

An observed state ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ is good (IsGood) when

∣{T}q∣≤12(6.10)and∣{c(p−1)}q∣≤q/12(6.11).|\{T\}_q|\le\tfrac12 \quad (6.10) \qquad\text{and}\qquad |\{c(p-1)\}_q|\le q/12 \quad (6.11).∣{T}q​∣≤21​(6.10)and∣{c(p−1)}q​∣≤q/12(6.11).

Goodness depends only on (c,d)(c,d)(c,d).

Formalization targets

Goal: a good output with probability at least 1/4801/4801/480 (§6, p. 1504)

∑0≤c,d<q(c,d) good ∑y∈(Z/p)×Pr⁡[c,d,y] ≥ 1480.\sum_{\substack{0\le c,d<q\\ (c,d)\ \text{good}}}\ \sum_{y\in(\mathbb Z/p)^\times}\Pr[c,d,y]\ \ge\ \frac1{480}.0≤c,d<q(c,d) good​∑​ y∈(Z/p)×∑​Pr[c,d,y] ≥ 4801​.

The constant is the one the page carries forward. The goal fixes no threshold on ppp: it is stated for every prime ppp that admits a power of two strictly between ppp and 2p2p2p.

Milestones

  1. The output distribution, eq. (6.4). For 0≤k<p−10\le k<p-10≤k<p−1,
Pr⁡[c,d,gk]=∣1(p−1)q∑0≤a,b≤p−2a−rb≡k (p−1)exp⁡(2πiq(ac+bd))∣2.\Pr[c,d,g^k]=\left|\frac{1}{(p-1)q}\sum_{\substack{0\le a,b\le p-2\\ a-rb\equiv k\ (p-1)}}\exp\Bigl(\frac{2\pi i}{q}(ac+bd)\Bigr)\right|^2 .Pr[c,d,gk]=​(p−1)q1​0≤a,b≤p−2a−rb≡k (p−1)​∑​exp(q2πi​(ac+bd))​2.
  1. Each good state is likely, eq. (6.17). If (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) is good, then Pr⁡[c,d,y]≥1/(20q2)\Pr[c,d,y]\ge 1/(20q^2)Pr[c,d,y]≥1/(20q2) for every yyy.
  2. Many good pairs (p. 1504). At least q/12q/12q/12 pairs (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) are good.
  3. Each good ccc is likely (p. 1504). If (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) is good for some ddd, then ∑d′,yPr⁡[c,d′,y]≥(p−1)/(20q2)≥1/(40q)\sum_{d',y}\Pr[c,d',y]\ge(p-1)/(20q^2)\ge1/(40q)∑d′,y​Pr[c,d′,y]≥(p−1)/(20q2)≥1/(40q).

Significance

The result. The bound 1/4801/4801/480 is what turns the circuit into an algorithm. Repeating the circuit O(1)O(1)O(1) times in expectation yields a good output, and from a good pair (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) one reads off an equation that determines rrr modulo divisors of p−1p-1p−1 (§6, eqs. (6.18)–(6.20)). Together with the quantum Fourier transform circuit and reversible modular exponentiation, this places the discrete logarithm modulo a prime in quantum polynomial time. Every later analysis of quantum attacks on discrete-logarithm cryptography starts from this success probability or a sharpened version of it.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1994–1997 and is textbook material; it is not open. As far as is known, no machine-checked proof of Shor's discrete-logarithm analysis exists. The paper's proof of eq. (6.17) replaces a sum by an integral with an error term O(W/(pq))O(W/(pq))O(W/(pq)) whose constant is not given, yet states 1/(20q2)1/(20q^2)1/(20q2) for every prime. A formal proof must therefore either control that error explicitly or find another argument, and so settles a point the paper leaves informal. Numerically, the smallest value of q2Pr⁡[c,d,y]q^2\Pr[c,d,y]q2Pr[c,d,y] over good states is about 0.490.490.49 for all primes p<90p<90p<90, so the unconditional claim is not in doubt for small ppp. The page also contains two small slips, recorded under Formalization scope; a complete development pins down exactly what is true.

Difficulty

The exponential sum (6.4) runs over pairs (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) satisfying a congruence modulo p−1p-1p−1, while the phases are taken modulo qqq. The two moduli are unrelated: qqq is a power of two and p−1p-1p−1 is arbitrary. Eliminating aaa through the congruence introduces a floor function ⌊(br+k)/(p−1)⌋\lfloor(br+k)/(p-1)\rfloor⌊(br+k)/(p−1)⌋, and the resulting phase is not linear in bbb. The obvious estimate treats the sum as a geometric series in bbb and bounds it by its first-order phase; this fails because the floor term perturbs every phase by an amount of size up to ∣{c(p−1)}q∣|\{c(p-1)\}_q|∣{c(p−1)}q​∣. Condition (6.11) only keeps this perturbation within π/6\pi/6π/6 of the main phase; it does not remove it. The per-state bound must survive this perturbation uniformly in ppp, rrr and kkk, including small primes where the paper's integral approximation gives no explicit control.

The count of good pairs needs a separate argument about how often a multiple c(p−1)c(p-1)c(p−1) lies within q/12q/12q/12 of a multiple of qqq when gcd⁡(p−1,q)\gcd(p-1,q)gcd(p−1,q) is large.

Formalization scope

  • States are functions Fin q × Fin q × (ZMod p)ˣ → ℂ. The first two registers range over {0,…,q−1}\{0,\dots,q-1\}{0,…,q−1}; the third over the units modulo ppp.
  • Matrix convention. Following §2, rows are inputs, so the amplitude of ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ after the transforms is ∑a,bψ(a,b,y)(Aq)a,c(Aq)b,d\sum_{a,b}\psi(a,b,y)(A_q)_{a,c}(A_q)_{b,d}∑a,b​ψ(a,b,y)(Aq​)a,c​(Aq​)b,d​. finalState is defined this way from (6.1) and AqA_qAq​. It is not typed in as the closed form (6.3) or (6.4). A formalization that defined the final state by (6.4) directly would make milestone 1 trivial, and is ruled out.
  • Probability of a basis state is the squared norm of its amplitude, with no normalization hypothesis.
  • Parameters. ppp is prime (Fact p.Prime). The generator is encoded as orderOf g = p - 1. r<p−1r<p-1r<p−1 is a parameter, with x=grx=g^rx=gr. qqq is given by q = 2 ^ l together with p<q<2pp<q<2pp<q<2p. No large-ppp threshold is added anywhere.
  • Arithmetic. x−bx^{-b}x−b is x⁻¹ ^ b in the unit group. p−1p-1p−1 is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ and R\mathbb RR inside TTT and the congruences, and as natural-number subtraction only where p≥2p\ge2p≥2 makes it exact. TTT is real.
  • Condition (6.10) is stated as "some integer jjj has ∣T−jq∣≤12|T-jq|\le\frac12∣T−jq∣≤21​". Because q≥4q\ge4q≥4, this is equivalent to the page's form with jjj the closest integer to T/qT/qT/q.
  • Not formalized. The preparation of (6.1) by testing and restarting is not formalized; the state (6.1) is taken as displayed. The printed test "whether the number is less than ppp" should read p−1p-1p−1, as the sums in (6.1) show. Also out of scope: the recovery of rrr (eqs. (6.18)–(6.20)), the repetition count "480t480t480t", and all running-time claims.
  • Printed slips.
    • The page asserts that for each ccc there is exactly one ddd satisfying (6.10). At a tie {T}q=±12\{T\}_q=\pm\frac12{T}q​=±21​ there can be two such ddd. Milestone 3 states only the count, which needs at least one.
    • The page's intermediate bound "at least p/(240q)p/(240q)p/(240q)" should be (p−1)/(240q)(p-1)/(240q)(p−1)/(240q). The conclusion 1/4801/4801/480 is unaffected, since qqq and 2p2p2p are both even and so q≤2(p−1)q\le 2(p-1)q≤2(p−1). Only 1/4801/4801/480 is stated.

Needed infrastructure: finite exponential sums and their modulus, the symmetric residue and its basic properties, and counting multiples in residue classes of Z/q\mathbb Z/qZ/q. The exponential-sum estimates of milestones 1 and 2 are reusable in the order-finding analysis of §5 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, of the normalization ∑Pr⁡=1\sum\Pr=1∑Pr=1, and of auxiliary lemmas about symmRes are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. W. Shor, Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1484–1509, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795293172 (preprint: https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9508027)
  • D. M. Gordon, Discrete logarithms in GF(p) using the number field sieve, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 6(1):124–138, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1137/0406010
  • W. Diffie and M. E. Hellman, New directions in cryptography, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 22(6):644–654, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1976.1055638
  • M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge University Press, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511976667
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization III: Quantile-Value and Truncated-Mean Generalization Bounds for Pseudo-Robust AlgorithmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical generalization bounds control the gap between the expected loss of a learned hypothesis and its average loss on the training sample. The average is sensitive to outliers: when a non-negligible fraction of the sample is corrupted, the mean loss stops describing the quality of a solution, and quantile-type summaries such as the median become the natural measurement. Quantile losses have long been used for this reason in statistics and econometrics (Koenker and Bassett 1978; Huber 1981). The standard tools for proving generalization bounds — symmetrization, Rademacher and VC arguments — are built around the expected loss and do not extend to quantiles in any direct way.

Xu and Mannor (Mach Learn 86 (2012) 391–423) introduced algorithmic robustness: an algorithm is robust if the sample space can be partitioned into finitely many cells such that a test point falling in the same cell as a training point incurs a similar loss. Because the argument works cell by cell and needs no symmetrization, it transfers to loss functionals other than the mean. Sect. 4.1 of the paper uses this to bound the quantile value and the truncated mean of the testing error, and Sect. 5 relaxes robustness to pseudo robustness, which only asks the cell condition for a subset of the training samples. This mission formalizes the resulting Theorem 5 (p. 402), whose proof is Appendix C (pp. 415–418).

Setting

Let Z\mathcal ZZ be a measurable sample space, H\mathcal HH a set of hypotheses and l:H×Z→[0,M]l : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to [0, M]l:H×Z→[0,M] a loss, with each l(h,⋅)l(h, \cdot)l(h,⋅) measurable. A training set s=(s1,…,sn)\mathbf s = (s_1, \dots, s_n)s=(s1​,…,sn​) consists of nnn i.i.d. draws from a probability measure μ\muμ on Z\mathcal ZZ; its empirical distribution is μemp=1n∑iδsi\mu_{\mathrm{emp}} = \frac1n \sum_i \delta_{s_i}μemp​=n1​∑i​δsi​​. A learning algorithm is a map A:Zn→H\mathcal A : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HA:Zn→H, and As\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}As​ is the hypothesis learned from s\mathbf ss.

For a real random variable XXX and a level β\betaβ, the β\betaβ-quantile value is

Qβ(X)=inf⁡{c∈R:Pr⁡(X≤c)≥β},\mathbb Q^\beta(X) = \inf\{ c \in \mathbb R : \Pr(X \le c) \ge \beta \},Qβ(X)=inf{c∈R:Pr(X≤c)≥β},

and, writing Q=Qβ(X)Q = \mathbb Q^\beta(X)Q=Qβ(X), the β\betaβ-truncated mean is

Tβ(X)=E[X⋅1(X<Q)]+(β−Pr⁡[X<Q]) Q,\mathbb T^\beta(X) = \mathbb E[X \cdot \mathbf 1(X < Q)] + \big(\beta - \Pr[X < Q]\big)\, Q,Tβ(X)=E[X⋅1(X<Q)]+(β−Pr[X<Q])Q,

where the second term vanishes when Pr⁡[X=Q]=0\Pr[X = Q] = 0Pr[X=Q]=0. It is the contribution to EX\mathbb E XEX of the leftmost β\betaβ fraction of the distribution. For a hypothesis hhh and a measure ν\nuν on Z\mathcal ZZ put Q(h,β,ν)=Qβ(l(h,z))\mathcal Q(h, \beta, \nu) = \mathbb Q^\beta(l(h, z))Q(h,β,ν)=Qβ(l(h,z)) and T(h,β,ν)=Tβ(l(h,z))\mathcal T(h, \beta, \nu) = \mathbb T^\beta(l(h, z))T(h,β,ν)=Tβ(l(h,z)) with z∼νz \sim \nuz∼ν.

The algorithm is (K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot), \hat n(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅)) pseudo robust, with ϵ:Zn→R\epsilon : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathbb Rϵ:Zn→R and n^:Zn→{1,…,n}\hat n : \mathcal Z^n \to \{1, \dots, n\}n^:Zn→{1,…,n}, if Z\mathcal ZZ can be partitioned into KKK disjoint sets C1,…,CKC_1, \dots, C_KC1​,…,CK​, fixed in advance, such that every training set s\mathbf ss has a subset s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ of n^(s)\hat n(\mathbf s)n^(s) samples with: whenever s∈s^s \in \hat{\mathbf s}s∈s^ and z∈Zz \in \mathcal Zz∈Z lie in a common cell, ∣l(As,s)−l(As,z)∣≤ϵ(s)|l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s) - l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z)| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s)∣l(As​,s)−l(As​,z)∣≤ϵ(s). With n^≡n\hat n \equiv nn^≡n this is (K,ϵ(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robustness.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 402)

Let λ0=(2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ))/n\lambda_0 = \sqrt{(2K \ln 2 + 2 \ln(1/\delta))/n}λ0​=(2Kln2+2ln(1/δ))/n​ and r(s)=(n−n^(s))/nr(\mathbf s) = (n - \hat n(\mathbf s))/nr(s)=(n−n^(s))/n. If A\mathcal AA is (K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot), \hat n(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅)) pseudo robust, β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0,1)β∈(0,1) and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, then with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ: whenever 0≤β−λ0−r(s)0 \le \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s)0≤β−λ0​−r(s) and β+λ0+r(s)≤1\beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s) \le 1β+λ0​+r(s)≤1,

Q(As,β−λ0−r(s),μemp)−ϵ(s)≤Q(As,β,μ)≤Q(As,β+λ0+r(s),μemp)+ϵ(s),\mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) - \epsilon(\mathbf s) \le \mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \le \mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) + \epsilon(\mathbf s),Q(As​,β−λ0​−r(s),μemp​)−ϵ(s)≤Q(As​,β,μ)≤Q(As​,β+λ0​+r(s),μemp​)+ϵ(s), T(As,β−λ0−r(s),μemp)−ϵ(s)≤T(As,β,μ)≤T(As,β+λ0+r(s),μemp)+ϵ(s).\mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) - \epsilon(\mathbf s) \le \mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \le \mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) + \epsilon(\mathbf s).T(As​,β−λ0​−r(s),μemp​)−ϵ(s)≤T(As​,β,μ)≤T(As​,β+λ0​+r(s),μemp​)+ϵ(s).

The constants are the paper's, and KKK, ϵ\epsilonϵ, n^\hat nn^, MMM, μ\muμ, δ\deltaδ and the algorithm are arbitrary.

Milestones (Appendix C)

  1. Property 1 (p. 415): for a nonnegative XXX and levels 0≤β2≤β1≤10 \le \beta_2 \le \beta_1 \le 10≤β2​≤β1​≤1 (with β1=1\beta_1 = 1β1​=1 only for XXX bounded above), Qβ1(X)≥Qβ2(X)\mathbb Q^{\beta_1}(X) \ge \mathbb Q^{\beta_2}(X)Qβ1​(X)≥Qβ2​(X) and Tβ1(X)≥Tβ2(X)\mathbb T^{\beta_1}(X) \ge \mathbb T^{\beta_2}(X)Tβ1​(X)≥Tβ2​(X).
  2. Property 2 (p. 415): if Pr⁡(Y≥a)≥Pr⁡(X≥a)\Pr(Y \ge a) \ge \Pr(X \ge a)Pr(Y≥a)≥Pr(X≥a) for all aaa, then Qβ(Y)≥Qβ(X)\mathbb Q^\beta(Y) \ge \mathbb Q^\beta(X)Qβ(Y)≥Qβ(X) and Tβ(Y)≥Tβ(X)\mathbb T^\beta(Y) \ge \mathbb T^\beta(X)Tβ(Y)≥Tβ(X) for β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0,1]β∈[0,1].
  3. The event E\mathcal EE (pp. 415–416): with NiN_iNi​ the indices of samples in CiC_iCi​, ∑i∣∣Ni∣/n−μ(Ci)∣≤λ0\sum_i \big| |N_i|/n - \mu(C_i) \big| \le \lambda_0∑i​​∣Ni​∣/n−μ(Ci​)​≤λ0​ with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that any pseudo-robust algorithm has a testing-error quantile and truncated mean that are bracketed by the empirical ones at levels shifted by λ0+(n−n^(s))/n\lambda_0 + (n - \hat n(\mathbf s))/nλ0​+(n−n^(s))/n, up to the robustness tolerance ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s). The quantile of the testing error can therefore be estimated from training data for every algorithm to which the robustness framework applies — among them majority voting, SVMs, Lasso and principal component analysis (Sect. 6 of the paper) — without a separate complexity analysis of the loss class. The pseudo-robust form covers algorithms that are robust only away from a small set of training samples, which is the typical situation in the presence of outliers. The robust case n^≡n\hat n \equiv nn^≡n is the paper's Theorem 2 (p. 400).

Formalizing it. The paper states Theorem 5 and proves it in Appendix C; no machine-checked proof exists. The appendix contains misprints (see Formalization scope) and the argument uses minimizers of the loss over each cell, which need not exist; a formal proof settles which steps are sound as written. The definitions of quantile value and truncated mean of a law on R\mathbb RR developed here are reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The concentration step is the same as for the expected loss: on the event E\mathcal EE the empirical cell frequencies are close to the cell probabilities. The difficulty is converting this into a statement about quantiles. Quantile values are not linear in the distribution and are discontinuous in the level, so the triangle-inequality argument that bounds the mean-loss gap does not apply. Mass that moves between cells shifts every level of the quantile function, and the up to n−n^(s)n - \hat n(\mathbf s)n−n^(s) samples outside s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ carry no guarantee at all, so an arbitrary fraction r(s)r(\mathbf s)r(s) of the empirical law is uncontrolled. For the truncated mean this must be done for the whole lower tail up to level β\betaβ, not just at one point, and the atoms of the loss distribution (the second branch of the definition) have to be accounted for exactly.

Formalization scope

  • The Lean namespace is XuMannorRobust.Quantile. Z\mathcal ZZ is a type with a measurable space structure, H\mathcal HH an arbitrary type, a training set a function Fin n → Z, and the i.i.d. law the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => μ).
  • "With probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ" is encoded as: the outer measure of the set of training sets on which the claim fails is at most δ\deltaδ. No measurability of s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​ is needed.
  • Added measurability. The paper ignores measurability; the formalization requires each l(h,⋅)l(h,\cdot)l(h,⋅) and each cell CiC_iCi​ to be measurable.
  • Corrected Definition 3. The paper prints the second branch of the truncated mean as (β−Pr⁡[X<Q])/Pr⁡[X=Q]⋅Q\big(\beta - \Pr[X < Q]\big)/\Pr[X = Q] \cdot Q(β−Pr[X<Q])/Pr[X=Q]⋅Q. That contradicts its own worked example on p. 399, where the 0.630.630.63-truncated mean of a uniform law on c1<⋯<c10c_1 < \dots < c_{10}c1​<⋯<c10​ is 0.1(∑i≤6ci+0.3c7)0.1(\sum_{i \le 6} c_i + 0.3 c_7)0.1(∑i≤6​ci​+0.3c7​), and its verbal description. The formalization drops the division, as the example requires; with the printed formula Tβ\mathbb T^\betaTβ would not even be monotone in β\betaβ.
  • Qβ\mathbb Q^\betaQβ and Tβ\mathbb T^\betaTβ are defined on the law of the random variable, a measure on R\mathbb RR. Lean returns 000 for the infimum of an empty set or of a set unbounded below, so Q0=0\mathbb Q^0 = 0Q0=0 (the paper's value is −∞-\infty−∞). This never helps: Q(As,β,μ)≥0\mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \ge 0Q(As​,β,μ)≥0 and ϵ(s)≥0\epsilon(\mathbf s) \ge 0ϵ(s)≥0, so the goal's inequalities remain meaningful at level 000. The goal keeps every level in [0,1][0,1][0,1] through the paper's side condition, which depends on n^(s)\hat n(\mathbf s)n^(s) and is therefore placed inside the probability event as a premise. The codomain {1,…,n}\{1, \dots, n\}{1,…,n} of n^\hat nn^ is part of the definition: with n^(s)=0\hat n(\mathbf s) = 0n^(s)=0 nothing would constrain ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s).
  • The partition is fixed before the training set; the good subset s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ may depend on s\mathbf ss and is a set of indices. Choosing the partition after s\mathbf ss would make pseudo robustness trivial and is ruled out.
  • Properties 1 and 2 are stated for nonnegative laws and levels in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The level 111 is admitted only for a variable bounded above (for property 2, the dominating one). For an unbounded variable, Q1\mathbb Q^1Q1 is +∞+\infty+∞ in the paper, where the inequality is trivial, and a junk 000 in Lean. Property 3 of Appendix C (p. 415) is misprinted (with the constraint ∑αi≤β\sum \alpha_i \le \beta∑αi​≤β the minimum is 000) and is not formalized.
  • Needed infrastructure: the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for multinomial frequencies (van der Vaart and Wellner 1996, Prop. A.6.6) (or a direct concentration argument), and elementary order properties of lower quantile values and truncated means of laws on R\mathbb RR. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Xu and S. Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86(3):391–423, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • R. Koenker and G. Bassett, Regression Quantiles, Econometrica 46(1):33–50, 1978. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913643
  • P. J. Huber, Robust Statistics, Wiley, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471725250
  • A. W. van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996 (Proposition A.6.6). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization II: A Learning Method Generalizes w.r.t. a Training Sequence If and Only If It Is Weakly Robust w.r.t. ItResearch Paper

Motivation

Most generalization guarantees in statistical learning theory bound the gap between training error and expected error through a complexity measure of the hypothesis class: VC dimension, Rademacher complexity, covering numbers. Such bounds are sufficient conditions, and they say little about why a particular algorithm, run on a particular data stream, does or does not generalize. Xu and Mannor (Mach Learn 86 (2012) 391–423) proposed algorithmic robustness as an alternative: an algorithm is robust if a test sample "close to" a training sample incurs a loss close to that training sample's loss. Their first results show that robustness implies generalization (Theorem 1 of the paper, the subject of the first mission in this series).

Section 8 of the paper asks the converse question: is some form of robustness also necessary? The answer is Theorem 8. For a learning method trained on a fixed, growing sequence of samples, generalization is equivalent to a weaker property, weak robustness. The authors present this as evidence that robustness is "an essential property of successful learning", and contrast it with the characterization of learnability by stability (Remark 5 of the paper, citing Shalev-Shwartz et al. 2009; journal version JMLR 11 (2010)): learnability is uniform over all distributions, whereas the generalization studied here is for one distribution and one training sequence.

Setting

Let Z\mathcal ZZ be a measurable space of samples, drawn from an unknown probability measure μ\muμ. Let H\mathcal HH be a set of hypotheses and l:H×Z→Rl : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb Rl:H×Z→R a loss with 0≤l(h,z)≤M0 \le l(h, z) \le M0≤l(h,z)≤M for all h,zh, zh,z (the paper's standing assumption, Sect. 1.1).

  • The expected loss of hhh is L(h)=Ez∼μ l(h,z)\mathcal L(h) = \mathbb E_{z \sim \mu}\, l(h, z)L(h)=Ez∼μ​l(h,z) (expectedLoss).
  • The average loss of hhh on an nnn-sample set t(n)=(t1,…,tn)\mathbf t(n) = (t_1, \dots, t_n)t(n)=(t1​,…,tn​) is L(h,t(n))=1n∑i=1nl(h,ti)L(h, \mathbf t(n)) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n l(h, t_i)L(h,t(n))=n1​∑i=1n​l(h,ti​) (avgLoss).
  • A learning method A={An}n∈N\mathcal A = \{\mathcal A^n\}_{n \in \mathbb N}A={An}n∈N​ is a sequence of maps An:Zn→H\mathcal A^n : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HAn:Zn→H; As(n)\mathcal A_{\mathbf s(n)}As(n)​ is the hypothesis learned from s(n)\mathbf s(n)s(n).
  • A training sequence s∗=(s1∗,s2∗,… )\mathbf s^* = (s^*_1, s^*_2, \dots)s∗=(s1∗​,s2∗​,…) is fixed and deterministic, and s∗(n)\mathbf s^*(n)s∗(n) denotes its first nnn elements (firstN).
  • A test sample t(n)\mathbf t(n)t(n) consists of nnn i.i.d. draws from μ\muμ; Pr⁡\PrPr always refers to t(n)∼μn\mathbf t(n) \sim \mu^nt(n)∼μn.

The method generalizes w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗ (Definition 8) if

lim⁡n→∞∣L(As∗(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣=0.\lim_{n\to\infty} \big| \mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n)) \big| = 0.n→∞lim​​L(As∗(n)​)−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))​=0.

It is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗ (Definition 9) if there are sets Dn⊆Zn\mathcal D_n \subseteq \mathcal Z^nDn​⊆Zn with Pr⁡(t(n)∈Dn)→1\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \in \mathcal D_n) \to 1Pr(t(n)∈Dn​)→1 and

lim⁡n→∞{max⁡s^(n)∈Dn∣L(As∗(n),s^(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣}=0.(6)\lim_{n\to\infty} \Big\{ \max_{\hat{\mathbf s}(n) \in \mathcal D_n} \big| L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \hat{\mathbf s}(n)) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n)) \big| \Big\} = 0. \qquad (6)n→∞lim​{s^(n)∈Dn​max​​L(As∗(n)​,s^(n))−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))​}=0.(6)

A set Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ can be read as a family of perturbed copies of the training set that carries almost all of the probability of the test sample.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 409)

A generalizes w.r.t. s∗  ⟺  A is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗,\mathcal A \text{ generalizes w.r.t. } \mathbf s^* \iff \mathcal A \text{ is weakly robust w.r.t. } \mathbf s^*,A generalizes w.r.t. s∗⟺A is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗,

for every probability measure μ\muμ, every loss measurable in zzz with values in [0,M][0, M][0,M], every learning method A\mathcal AA and every training sequence s∗\mathbf s^*s∗.

Milestones

  1. First equality of the proof (p. 410). For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and every hhh, Et(n)L(h,t(n))=L(h)\mathbb E_{\mathbf t(n)} L(h, \mathbf t(n)) = \mathcal L(h)Et(n)​L(h,t(n))=L(h).
  2. Sufficiency display (p. 410). If Pr⁡(t(n)∉D)≤δ\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \notin \mathcal D) \le \deltaPr(t(n)∈/D)≤δ and ∣L(h,s^)−L(h,s)∣≤ϵ|L(h, \hat{\mathbf s}) - L(h, \mathbf s)| \le \epsilon∣L(h,s^)−L(h,s)∣≤ϵ on D\mathcal DD, then
∣L(h)−L(h,s)∣≤δM+ϵ.\big|\mathcal L(h) - L(h, \mathbf s)\big| \le \delta M + \epsilon.​L(h)−L(h,s)​≤δM+ϵ.
  1. Lemma 2 (p. 410). If A\mathcal AA is not weakly robust w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗, there are ϵ∗,δ∗>0\epsilon^*, \delta^* > 0ϵ∗,δ∗>0 with
Pr⁡(∣L(As∗(n),t(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣≥ϵ∗)≥δ∗for infinitely many n.(8)\Pr\big(|L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf t(n)) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n))| \ge \epsilon^*\big) \ge \delta^* \quad\text{for infinitely many } n. \qquad (8)Pr(∣L(As∗(n)​,t(n))−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))∣≥ϵ∗)≥δ∗for infinitely many n.(8)
  1. Eq. (9) (p. 411). L(As∗(n),t(n))−L(As∗(n))→0L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf t(n)) - \mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}) \to 0L(As∗(n)​,t(n))−L(As∗(n)​)→0 in probability.

Milestones 1–2 give the sufficiency direction; milestones 3–4 give necessity.

Significance

Theorem 8 is a characterization, not a bound. The sufficiency half says a quantitative robustness property yields generalization. The necessity half says every method that generalizes along a sequence is weakly robust along it, so no generalization argument can avoid something of this shape. The paper remarks that (K,ϵ)(K, \epsilon)(K,ϵ)-robustness for every ϵ\epsilonϵ implies weak robustness, which places Theorem 1's condition inside this characterization. Corollary 6, the almost-sure version (generalization with probability 1 iff almost-sure weak robustness), follows from Theorem 8 applied sequence by sequence.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. This mission contributes a formal statement of Definitions 8 and 9 in Lean, the two directions of the proof as reusable finite-nnn and asymptotic lemmas, and a place to formalize the bounded-loss law of large numbers for a hypothesis that changes with nnn (Eq. (9)), which Mathlib states for a fixed random variable.

Difficulty

The sufficiency direction is a direct estimate once the expectation of the average test loss is identified with the expected loss; the formal work is in handling the product measure μn\mu^nμn and a set Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ that need not be measurable.

The necessity direction is where care is needed. Eq. (9) is not the weak law of large numbers for a fixed function: the hypothesis As∗(n)\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}As∗(n)​ changes with nnn, so the concentration must be uniform in the hypothesis, which holds only because the loss is uniformly bounded. Lemma 2 negates a statement with an existential over sequences of sets and a limit; the naive reading "for each ϵ,δ\epsilon, \deltaϵ,δ some Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ works eventually" does not by itself produce a single sequence Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ satisfying (6) with one limit.

Formalization scope

  • Z\mathcal ZZ is a type with a MeasurableSpace, μ\muμ a Measure with IsProbabilityMeasure, H\mathcal HH an arbitrary type. The learning method is A : (n : ℕ) → (Fin n → Z) → H, the training sequence sStar : ℕ → Z, and t(n)∼\mathbf t(n) \simt(n)∼ Measure.pi (fun _ : Fin n => μ). Indices start at 000.
  • The loss bound 0≤l≤M0 \le l \le M0≤l≤M is a hypothesis of every theorem. Measurability of l(h,⋅)l(h, \cdot)l(h,⋅) is added; the paper explicitly ignores measurability. Expectations are Bochner integrals, well defined here because the loss is bounded and measurable.
  • Probabilities and their limits live in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞). The sets Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ need not be measurable; their probability is the outer measure. "For infinitely many nnn" is ∃ᶠ n in atTop.
  • Eq. (6) is encoded without a supremum: weak robustness asks for sets DnD_nDn​ and reals ηn→0\eta_n \to 0ηn​→0 with ∣L(As∗(n),s^)−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣≤ηn|L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \hat{\mathbf s}) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n))| \le \eta_n∣L(As∗(n)​,s^)−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))∣≤ηn​ for all nnn and all s^∈Dn\hat{\mathbf s} \in D_ns^∈Dn​. This avoids Lean's junk value sup⁡∅=0\sup \emptyset = 0sup∅=0; since Pr⁡(t(n)∈Dn)→1\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \in D_n) \to 1Pr(t(n)∈Dn​)→1 forces DnD_nDn​ to be nonempty for all large nnn, the bound form is equivalent to the paper's reading.
  • Only part 1 of Definitions 8 and 9 is formalized. Corollary 6 is out of scope.
  • The goal is not trivial in either direction: a constant method on a one-point space satisfies both sides, and a constant method whose hypothesis has training average 111 and expected loss 1/21/21/2 along a fixed sequence fails both, so neither side is vacuous or always true.
  • Needed infrastructure: integrals over Measure.pi of coordinate functions, a Chebyshev or Hoeffding bound for averages of bounded i.i.d. variables uniform over a family of functions, and a diagonal-sequence construction. The uniform concentration lemma is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, and alternative routes to Eq. (9), are welcome.

Selected references

  • Huan Xu, Shie Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • Shai Shalev-Shwartz, Ohad Shamir, Nathan Srebro, Karthik Sridharan, Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2635–2670. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/shalev-shwartz10a.html
  • Wassily Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization I: A Generalization Bound for Robust AlgorithmsResearch Paper

Why algorithmic robustness

A learning algorithm maps a training set to a hypothesis. It generalizes when the loss it incurs on the training set is close to its expected loss on fresh data. The classical way to certify this bounds the complexity of the whole hypothesis class the algorithm may output, through its VC dimension, covering numbers or Rademacher complexity. A second approach, algorithmic stability (Bousquet and Elisseeff 2002), looks instead at how the output changes when one training point is replaced.

Huan Xu and Shie Mannor proposed a third notion, algorithmic robustness. An algorithm is robust if the sample space can be cut into finitely many cells such that a test point falling in the same cell as a training point incurs nearly the same loss as that training point. The notion came out of their earlier analyses of support vector machines and the Lasso as robust optimization problems (Xu, Caramanis and Mannor 2009). The conference version appeared at COLT 2010, and the journal version, which this mission follows, is Xu and Mannor, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423.

Robustness is a property of the algorithm and not of its hypothesis class, so it applies to algorithms whose class has infinite VC dimension. The paper's main result for i.i.d. data is Theorem 1 (p. 396). This mission formalizes Theorem 1 together with the steps of its proof.

Setting

Throughout, Z\mathcal ZZ is a measurable space of samples and H\mathcal HH is an arbitrary set of hypotheses. A loss l:H×Z→Rl : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb Rl:H×Z→R satisfies 0≤l(h,z)≤M0 \le l(h,z) \le M0≤l(h,z)≤M for a constant MMM. A training set is s=(s1,…,sn)∈Zn\mathbf s = (s_1, \dots, s_n) \in \mathcal Z^ns=(s1​,…,sn​)∈Zn, and a learning algorithm is a map A:Zn→H\mathcal A : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HA:Zn→H, written s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​.

For a probability measure μ\muμ on Z\mathcal ZZ, the expected error and the training error of the learned hypothesis are

L(As)=Ez∼μ l(As,z),lemp(As)=1n∑i=1nl(As,si).\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) = \mathbb E_{z\sim\mu}\, l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z), \qquad l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s_i).L(As​)=Ez∼μ​l(As​,z),lemp​(As​)=n1​i=1∑n​l(As​,si​).

Definition 2 (p. 396). For K∈NK \in \mathbb NK∈N and ϵ(⋅):Zn→R\epsilon(\cdot) : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathbb Rϵ(⋅):Zn→R, the algorithm A\mathcal AA is (K,ϵ(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robust if Z\mathcal ZZ can be partitioned into KKK disjoint sets C1,…,CKC_1, \dots, C_KC1​,…,CK​ such that for every s∈Zn\mathbf s \in \mathcal Z^ns∈Zn,

∀s∈s, ∀z∈Z, ∀i:s,z∈Ci  ⟹  ∣l(As,s)−l(As,z)∣≤ϵ(s).\forall s \in \mathbf s,\ \forall z \in \mathcal Z,\ \forall i:\quad s, z \in C_i \implies |l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s) - l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z)| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s).∀s∈s, ∀z∈Z, ∀i:s,z∈Ci​⟹∣l(As​,s)−l(As​,z)∣≤ϵ(s).

The partition is chosen once, before the training set. Only the tolerance ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s) may depend on s\mathbf ss.

For a partition C1,…,CKC_1,\dots,C_KC1​,…,CK​, the cell count ∣Ni∣|N_i|∣Ni​∣ is the number of training points in CiC_iCi​. The Lean development uses expectedLoss, empiricalLoss, cellCount and IsRobust in the namespace XuMannorRobust.Standard.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 396)

Let A\mathcal AA be (K,ϵ(⋅))(K,\epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robust and let s\mathbf ss consist of n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 i.i.d. draws from μ\muμ. Then for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

∣L(As)−lemp(As)∣≤ϵ(s)+M2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ)n.|\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) - l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s})| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s) + M\sqrt{\frac{2K\ln 2 + 2\ln(1/\delta)}{n}}.∣L(As​)−lemp​(As​)∣≤ϵ(s)+Mn2Kln2+2ln(1/δ)​​.

The constants are the paper's and are kept as printed. KKK, ϵ(⋅)\epsilon(\cdot)ϵ(⋅), MMM, nnn, δ\deltaδ, μ\muμ and the algorithm are all universally quantified.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 396–397)

  1. Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for the multinomial vector of cell counts. For every λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0,
Pr⁡{∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣≥λ}≤2Kexp⁡(−nλ22).\Pr\Big\{\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big| \ge \lambda\Big\} \le 2^K \exp\Big(\frac{-n\lambda^2}{2}\Big).Pr{i=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​≥λ}≤2Kexp(2−nλ2​).
  1. Eq. (3). With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,
∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣≤2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ)n.\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big| \le \sqrt{\frac{2K\ln 2 + 2\ln(1/\delta)}{n}}.i=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​≤n2Kln2+2ln(1/δ)​​.
  1. Eq. (4). For a partition witnessing robustness and for every training set s\mathbf ss, deterministically,
∣L(As)−lemp(As)∣≤ϵ(s)+M∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣.|\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) - l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s})| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s) + M\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big|.∣L(As​)−lemp​(As​)∣≤ϵ(s)+Mi=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the base result of the robustness framework. The later results of the same paper are extensions of it:

  • Corollary 1: an adaptive number of cells;
  • Corollaries 2 and 3: covering-number instances;
  • Theorem 4: a pseudo-robust version;
  • the Markovian case.

Its complexity term depends only on the number of cells KKK, not on any capacity measure of H\mathcal HH. This is why it gives bounds for algorithms such as support vector machines, Lasso, feed-forward networks and principal component analysis (Sect. 6 of the paper). For those, KKK is a covering number of the sample space. Section 8 of the paper shows that a weak form of robustness is also necessary for generalization.

Theorem 1 is a published result with a short proof. What a formalization adds:

  • a machine-checked statement of the robustness notion, pinning down which quantifier comes first;
  • a formal proof of the multinomial concentration step, which the paper takes from van der Vaart and Wellner rather than proving;
  • a reusable interface for the covering-number examples.

A search of the platform (2026-09-26) found no formal statement of Theorem 1, Definition 2, or the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for multinomial vectors. Hoeffding's inequality is already available there in proved form.

Difficulty

The deterministic step, Eq. (4), splits the expected loss over the cells. It then compares the loss within each cell with the loss at the training points in that cell. This needs integration over a partition and some care with cells of μ\muμ-measure zero, where the conditional expectation in the paper's chain is undefined.

The main obstacle is the probabilistic step. The quantity ∑i∣∣Ni∣/n−μ(Ci)∣\sum_i ||N_i|/n - \mu(C_i)|∑i​∣∣Ni​∣/n−μ(Ci​)∣ is an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ deviation of a multinomial vector. A coordinate-wise Hoeffding bound followed by a union bound over the KKK coordinates gives a bound whose deviation level grows linearly in KKK. That is not 2Ke−nλ2/22^K e^{-n\lambda^2/2}2Ke−nλ2/2, and it does not give the constant 2Kln⁡2\sqrt{2K\ln 2}2Kln2​ of Theorem 1. The difficulty is to obtain the exact exponential rate 2Ke−nλ2/22^K e^{-n\lambda^2/2}2Ke−nλ2/2 for the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ deviation as a whole, with no loss in the constant.

Formalization scope

Samples are a type Z with a MeasurableSpace, training sets are Fin n → Z, the algorithm is a function (Fin n → Z) → H, and the loss is H → Z → ℝ. The partition is a family C : Fin K → Set Z that is pairwise disjoint, measurable, and covers Z. Empty cells are allowed, as in the paper. The i.i.d. sample law is Measure.pi (fun _ => μ) with μ a probability measure, and μ(Ci)\mu(C_i)μ(Ci​) enters as a real number.

"With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is encoded as an upper bound δ\deltaδ on the outer measure, under μn\mu^nμn, of the set of training sets where the inequality fails. This needs no measurability of s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​.

The paper ignores measurability. The formalization restores it: every l(h,⋅)l(h,\cdot)l(h,⋅) is measurable and every cell is a measurable set. Together with 0≤l≤M0 \le l \le M0≤l≤M this makes the expected error a genuine expectation.

The theorems assume n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. The Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol step assumes λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0, because the printed inequality is false for λ<0\lambda < 0λ<0. No upper bound on δ\deltaδ is imposed: for δ>2K\delta > 2^Kδ>2K the radicand is negative, the square root evaluates to 000, and the statements remain true.

Two trivializing readings of Definition 2 are ruled out:

  • The partition may not depend on the training set. In IsRobust the existential over the partition precedes the universal over training sets. If the order were swapped, every algorithm with a {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued loss would be (2,0)(2,0)(2,0)-robust, since it could take the two level sets of its own learned loss as cells. Theorem 1 would then fail for a memorizing classifier.
  • The tolerance may not depend on the test point, and the condition is required for every z∈Zz \in \mathcal Zz∈Z, not only for zzz equal to a training point.

Beyond the paper's text, a complete development needs the integral over a finite measurable partition, a Hoeffding bound for indicator averages, and a union bound over the subsets of Fin K. The multinomial concentration inequality is reusable beyond this mission, in histogram estimators, discretization arguments and the covering-number examples of the paper. Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, and alternative proofs of the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol step (for instance via the method of types).

Selected references

  • H. Xu and S. Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • A. W. van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996 (Proposition A.6.6). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
  • O. Bousquet and A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002) 499–526. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis and S. Mannor, Robustness and Regularization of Support Vector Machines, Journal of Machine Learning Research 10 (2009) 1485–1510. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v10/xu09b.html
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program II: Stability of the Deterministic Equivalent Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A two-stage stochastic linear program with fixed recourse chooses a first-stage decision xxx before a random vector ξ\xiξ is observed, and then pays for a cheapest corrective action yyy once ξ\xiξ is known. It is the basic model of planning under uncertainty in operations research: capacity expansion, production planning with random demand, and energy dispatch are all written in this form, and every decomposition algorithm of the field (L-shaped, stochastic decomposition, progressive hedging) works on it.

Roger J.-B. Wets' survey Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program (SIAM Review, 1974) collected the structural theory of this model: where the problem is feasible (§4), what the expected cost looks like as a function of xxx (§7), and when the resulting convex program is well behaved (§8). This mission formalizes the second chain, from the polyhedral structure of the recourse function to the stability of the deterministic equivalent program: the existence of an optimal Lagrange multiplier for the first-stage constraints. Stability is what makes the optimal value react at a bounded rate to perturbations of the first-stage right-hand side, and it is the hypothesis under which dual and decomposition methods have something to converge to.

Setting

The data are a random element ξ=(c,q,p,T)\xi=(c,q,p,T)ξ=(c,q,p,T) with c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn, q∈Rnˉq\in\mathbb R^{\bar n}q∈Rnˉ, p∈Rmˉp\in\mathbb R^{\bar m}p∈Rmˉ and TTT an mˉ×n\bar m\times nmˉ×n matrix, distributed according to a probability measure μ\muμ. The recourse matrix WWW (mˉ×nˉ\bar m\times\bar nmˉ×nˉ), the first-stage matrix AAA (m×nm\times nm×n) and b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm are fixed. The recourse function is

Q(x,ξ)=min⁡{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},Q(x,\xi)=\min\{q(\xi)y \mid Wy=p(\xi)-T(\xi)x,\ y\ge0\},Q(x,ξ)=min{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},

equal to +∞+\infty+∞ if the second-stage program is infeasible and −∞-\infty−∞ if it is unbounded.

The weak covariance condition (Definition 2.2) requires cjc_jcj​, qjpiq_jp_iqj​pi​ and qjtikq_jt_{ik}qj​tik​ to be integrable for all indices; it does not require qqq, ppp or TTT themselves to be integrable. The paper also assumes throughout that WWW has full row rank (p. 312).

Expectations use the paper's integral: positive part minus negative part, with each part infinite if its integral diverges or the integrand is infinite on a set of positive measure, and (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty)+(-\infty)=+\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞. The expected recourse is Q(x)=Eξ{Q(x,ξ)}\mathcal Q(x)=E_\xi\{Q(x,\xi)\}Q(x)=Eξ​{Q(x,ξ)} and the objective is

Z(x)=cˉ x+Q(x),cˉ=Eξ{c(ξ)}.Z(x)=\bar c\,x+\mathcal Q(x),\qquad \bar c=E_\xi\{c(\xi)\}.Z(x)=cˉx+Q(x),cˉ=Eξ​{c(ξ)}.

The induced constraints are K2=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T{x:p−Tx∈pos⁡W}K_2=\bigcap_{\zeta\in\tilde\Xi_{p,T}}\{x : p-Tx\in\operatorname{pos}W\}K2​=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T​​{x:p−Tx∈posW}, where pos⁡W={Wy:y≥0}\operatorname{pos}W=\{Wy:y\ge0\}posW={Wy:y≥0} and Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the distribution of (p,T)(p,T)(p,T). The fixed constraints are K1={x:Ax=b, x≥0}K_1=\{x: Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}K1​={x:Ax=b, x≥0}, and K=K1∩K2K=K_1\cap K_2K=K1​∩K2​. The deterministic equivalent program (8.2) is to minimize ZZZ over KKK.

A convex program of the form min⁡{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0, x∈D}\min\{f(x) : Ax=b,\ x\ge0,\ x\in D\}min{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0, x∈D} with finite value vvv is stable (Definition 8.1(iv)) if there is π∈Rm\pi\in\mathbb R^mπ∈Rm with v≤f(x)+π(b−Ax)v\le f(x)+\pi(b-Ax)v≤f(x)+π(b−Ax) for all x∈Dx\in Dx∈D, x≥0x\ge0x≥0. Equivalently, the dual obtained by perturbing bbb is solvable and has no duality gap.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.11 (p. 337)

If the weak covariance condition holds, WWW has full row rank, K2K_2K2​ is a polyhedron and the program is finite, v=inf⁡KZ∈Rv=\inf_K Z\in\mathbb Rv=infK​Z∈R, then

∃ π∈Rm:v≤Z(x)+π (b−Ax)for all x∈K2, x≥0.\exists\,\pi\in\mathbb R^m:\quad v\le Z(x)+\pi\,(b-Ax)\quad\text{for all }x\in K_2,\ x\ge0 .∃π∈Rm:v≤Z(x)+π(b−Ax)for all x∈K2​, x≥0.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 7.3 (p. 328). The value t↦min⁡{cx∣Ax=t, x≥0}t\mapsto\min\{cx\mid Ax=t,\ x\ge0\}t↦min{cx∣Ax=t, x≥0} is a finite maximum of affine functions on pos⁡A\operatorname{pos}AposA, or −∞-\infty−∞ on all of pos⁡A\operatorname{pos}AposA.
  2. Proposition 7.5 (p. 329). Q(x,ξ)Q(x,\xi)Q(x,ξ) is convex polyhedral in xxx on K2K_2K2​ for each ξ\xiξ in the support, concave polyhedral in qqq, and convex polyhedral in (p,T)(p,T)(p,T).
  3. Theorem 7.6 (p. 329). ZZZ is convex on KKK, and it is either finite on KKK or identically −∞-\infty−∞ on KKK.
  4. Theorem 7.7 (pp. 329–330). If Z>−∞Z>-\inftyZ>−∞ on KKK, then ∣Z(x)−Z(x0)∣≤Bˉ∥x−x0∥|Z(x)-Z(x^0)|\le\bar B\|x-x^0\|∣Z(x)−Z(x0)∣≤Bˉ∥x−x0∥ on KKK (Euclidean norm).
  5. Lemma 8.9 (p. 337). A finite program min⁡{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0}\min\{f(x): Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}min{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0} whose objective is convex and Lipschitz on a polyhedral domain is stable.

Significance

Stability of (8.2) is the regularity property that the dual and sensitivity theory of two-stage programs relies on. It gives a finite Lagrange multiplier for the first-stage constraints, a supporting hyperplane of the perturbation function ϕ(u)=inf⁡{Z(x):Ax=b−u, x∈K2∩R+n}\phi(u)=\inf\{Z(x) : Ax=b-u,\ x\in K_2\cap\mathbb R^n_+\}ϕ(u)=inf{Z(x):Ax=b−u, x∈K2​∩R+n​} at u=0u=0u=0, and hence a bounded rate of change of the optimal value under perturbations of bbb. The route through Theorems 7.6 and 7.7 also yields facts that are used on their own: the objective is a convex function that is either finite or identically −∞-\infty−∞ on the feasible region, and it is Lipschitz with a constant controlled by the weak covariance moments.

The results have been proved since 1974, and Lemma 8.9 is cited there to Walkup and Wets (1969). As far as the platform's catalog shows, none of them is formalized for a general distribution. The platform has finite-scenario versions of related facts from Birge and Louveaux's textbook, Chapter 3: StochasticProg.Recourse.thm6a_Q_lipschitz_convex_finite (the expected recourse is finite, convex and Lipschitz on K2K_2K2​ for finitely many scenarios) and StochasticProg.Recourse.thm5a_K2_closed_convex. A complete development would supply the general-distribution versions, with the paper's own extended integral.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Theorem 7.7 integrates a pointwise Lipschitz constant of Q(⋅,ξ)Q(\cdot,\xi)Q(⋅,ξ). It fails unless that constant is integrable, and the weak covariance condition, not integrability of ξ\xiξ, is what has to deliver this, uniformly over the finitely many second-stage bases.

For the goal, convexity and finiteness of the program are not enough. The paper's Example 8.5 has a finite convex deterministic equivalent with an infinite duality gap, and the counterexample under Formalization scope has a finite value and no multiplier. When the domain of ZZZ has curved boundary, the perturbation function can have infinite slope at 000; the polyhedral hypothesis on K2K_2K2​ is what excludes this.

Formalization scope

  • Types. Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; matrices are Matrix (Fin _) (Fin _) ℝ; row vectors of the paper (ccc, qqq, π\piπ) enter through dotProduct. The law μ\muμ is a probability measure on (Fin n → ℝ) × (Fin n̄ → ℝ) × (Fin m̄ → ℝ) × (Fin m̄ → Fin n → ℝ). QQQ is the platform definition KallMayer.Recourse.PointwiseRecourse, an EReal-valued infimum. Supports are MeasureTheory.Measure.support.
  • The integral. Q\mathcal QQ is written as lintegral of the positive part minus lintegral of the negative part, with +∞+\infty+∞ whenever the positive part is +∞+\infty+∞. This is the paper's (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty)+(-\infty)=+\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞; Mathlib's EReal subtraction resolves the other way. A Bochner integral of toReal would be 000 for non-integrable integrands and make every expected-cost statement trivial, and it is not used. cˉ\bar ccˉ is a Bochner integral, legitimate because Definition 2.2 makes each cjc_jcj​ integrable.
  • Readings of informal words.
    • "Has first moments" is Integrable.
    • "Convex polyhedron" means finitely many weak linear inequalities; ∅\emptyset∅ and Rn\mathbb R^nRn are included.
    • "Finite convex (concave) polyhedral function on SSS" means equal on SSS to the maximum (minimum) of finitely many affine functions. The xxx and (p,T)(p,T)(p,T) parts of Proposition 7.5 are stated as a dichotomy with the identically −∞-\infty−∞ case; the qqq part is stated, as Corollary 7.4 gives it, as finite concave polyhedral on pos⁡(WT,−WT,I)\operatorname{pos}(W^T,-W^T,I)pos(WT,−WT,I) when the recourse problem is feasible.
    • "Convex" for the extended-real ZZZ (Theorem 7.6) is ConvexOn of toReal on the finite branch.
    • "Bounded on KKK" (Theorem 7.7) is read as Z>−∞Z>-\inftyZ>−∞ on KKK, the proof's own reading. Finiteness on KKK is part of the conclusion.
    • "Convex and Lipschitz on a polyhedron" (Lemma 8.9) means the objective's domain is the polyhedron.
    • "The program is finite" means the infimum over KKK is a real number.
    • "Stable" is the Kuhn–Tucker form above: a multiplier compared against the primal value, not merely a solvable dual. The latter would allow a duality gap.
  • Standing assumptions. Full row rank of WWW appears in Theorems 7.7 and 8.11, where the proof uses square nonsingular submatrices of WWW. It is omitted from Theorem 7.6 and Corollary 7.3 (Theorem 7.2's rank assumption), where it is not needed; this makes those statements stronger.
  • Corrections to the page. Theorem 8.11 is printed with "KKK is polyhedral", K=K1∩K2K=K_1\cap K_2K=K1​∩K2​, and read literally it is false. Take T(ξ)T(\xi)T(ξ) uniform on the unit circle, p≡1p\equiv1p≡1, W=(1)W=(1)W=(1), q≡0q\equiv0q≡0, c≡(−1,0)c\equiv(-1,0)c≡(−1,0) and K1={x2=1, x≥0}K_1=\{x_2=1,\ x\ge0\}K1​={x2​=1, x≥0}. Then K2K_2K2​ is the unit disk and K={(0,1)}K=\{(0,1)\}K={(0,1)} is polyhedral with finite value 000, but no multiplier exists. The goal therefore assumes "K2K_2K2​ is polyhedral", as the sentence before Lemma 8.9 and the proof require. In the dual (8.3) the page writes ccc for cˉ\bar ccˉ.
  • Ruled out. A statement of stability as "the dual supremum is attained" without equality to the primal value is not the goal, and neither is a hypothesis making KKK empty or ZZZ identically −∞-\infty−∞: the finiteness hypothesis excludes both.
  • Infrastructure. The needed pieces are Minkowski–Weyl for polyhedra (PointedCone.FG/DualFG in Mathlib), LP duality with ±∞\pm\infty±∞ values, the paper's extended integral, and a Kuhn–Tucker theorem for convex programs with polyhedral constraints (Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Thm 28.2). Corollary 7.3 and Lemma 8.9 contain no probability and are reusable across convex analysis. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on the paper's extended integral (monotonicity, subadditivity), are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program, SIAM Review 16(3):309–339, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1016053
  • D. W. Walkup and R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic programs with recourse, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 15(5):1299–1314, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1137/0115113
  • R. M. Van Slyke and R. J.-B. Wets, A duality theory for abstract mathematical programs with applications to optimal control theory, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 22(3):679–706, 1968 (cited by Wets for Definition 8.1 and the dual (8.3)).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • J. R. Birge and F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011, Chapter 3. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program I: The Induced Feasibility Region Is a Closed Convex Polyhedron When T Is FixedResearch Paper

Motivation

A two-stage stochastic program with recourse is a linear program in which a decision xxx is taken before a random vector ξ\xiξ is observed, and a corrective (recourse) decision yyy is taken afterwards at a cost. It is the basic model of planning under uncertainty in operations research: capacity expansion, production planning, energy dispatch and inventory models are routinely written this way. Before any algorithm can be applied, the model has to be reduced to a deterministic equivalent program in xxx alone, and the first question is which xxx are admissible at all: the random second-stage constraints induce constraints on xxx that are not written down anywhere in the data.

Roger J.-B. Wets's survey (SIAM Review 16(3), 1974) settled this question for fixed recourse (the recourse matrix WWW is not random) under a weak moment condition on the data. Its §4 shows that the natural definitions of the induced feasibility region agree, that the region is always closed and convex, and that it is a polyhedron, described by finitely many deterministic linear inequalities, whenever the technology matrix TTT is fixed. The last fact is what makes decomposition methods such as the L-shaped method of Van Slyke and Wets (1969) terminate with finitely many feasibility cuts.

Timeline: Dantzig (1955) and Beale (1955) introduce linear programs under uncertainty, under assumptions that make every xxx feasible (relatively complete recourse). Wets (1966) and Kall (1966) begin studying the feasibility region without that assumption; Wets (1966c) introduces the polar matrix used for the polyhedrality result. Walkup and Wets (1967) treat random WWW. The 1974 survey collects these results in the form formalized here.

Setting

The data are a fixed real mˉ×nˉ\bar m \times \bar nmˉ×nˉ matrix WWW and a random vector ξ=(c,q,p,T)\xi = (c, q, p, T)ξ=(c,q,p,T) with c∈Rnc \in \mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn, q∈Rnˉq \in \mathbb{R}^{\bar n}q∈Rnˉ, p∈Rmˉp \in \mathbb{R}^{\bar m}p∈Rmˉ and TTT an mˉ×n\bar m \times nmˉ×n matrix. The law of ξ\xiξ is a probability measure μ\muμ on the product space, and its support Ξ~\tilde\XiΞ~ is the smallest closed set of measure one. The recourse function is

Q(x,ξ)=min⁡{ q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0 },Q(x,\xi) = \min\{\, q(\xi)y \mid Wy = p(\xi) - T(\xi)x,\ y \ge 0 \,\},Q(x,ξ)=min{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},

equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when the program is infeasible and −∞-\infty−∞ when it is unbounded below. The expected recourse Q(x)=Eξ{Q(x,ξ)}\mathcal Q(x) = E_\xi\{Q(x,\xi)\}Q(x)=Eξ​{Q(x,ξ)} uses the paper's integral: the sum of the positive part ∫Q+dμ∈[0,+∞]\int Q^+ d\mu \in [0,+\infty]∫Q+dμ∈[0,+∞] and the negative part −∫Q−dμ∈[−∞,0]-\int Q^- d\mu \in [-\infty,0]−∫Q−dμ∈[−∞,0], with (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty) + (-\infty) = +\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞.

The weak covariance condition (Definition 2.2) asks that cjc_jcj​, qjpiq_j p_iqj​pi​ and qjtikq_j t_{ik}qj​tik​ be integrable for all i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k. Write pos⁡W={Wy∣y≥0}\operatorname{pos} W = \{Wy \mid y \ge 0\}posW={Wy∣y≥0}. The candidate feasibility sets for the induced constraints are

  • K2μK_2^\muK2μ​: the xxx for which, with probability one, some y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 solves Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)xWy = p(\xi) - T(\xi)xWy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x;
  • K2pK_2^pK2p​: the xxx for which such a yyy exists for every ξ∈Ξ~\xi \in \tilde\Xiξ∈Ξ~;
  • K2s={x∣Q(x)<+∞}K_2^s = \{x \mid \mathcal Q(x) < +\infty\}K2s​={x∣Q(x)<+∞};
  • K2=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,TK2(ζ)K_2 = \bigcap_{\zeta \in \tilde\Xi_{p,T}} K_2(\zeta)K2​=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T​​K2​(ζ), where Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the law of (p,T)(p,T)(p,T) and K2(ζ)={x∣p−Tx∈pos⁡W}K_2(\zeta) = \{x \mid p - Tx \in \operatorname{pos} W\}K2​(ζ)={x∣p−Tx∈posW} for ζ=(p,T)\zeta = (p,T)ζ=(p,T).

A convex polyhedron is a set {x∣Gx≥α}\{x \mid Gx \ge \alpha\}{x∣Gx≥α} given by finitely many linear inequalities; ∅\emptyset∅ and Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn are polyhedra.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.10

If TTT is fixed and ξ\xiξ satisfies the weak covariance condition, then

K2={x∈Rn∣Gx≥α}for some finite system G,α,K_2 = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Gx \ge \alpha\} \quad \text{for some finite system } G, \alpha,K2​={x∈Rn∣Gx≥α}for some finite system G,α,

so K2K_2K2​ is a closed convex polyhedron. The number of inequalities is not fixed in advance, and K2K_2K2​ may be empty.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 4.1. Under weak covariance, K2μ=K2p=K2sK_2^\mu = K_2^p = K_2^sK2μ​=K2p​=K2s​.
  2. Corollary 4.5. Under weak covariance, K2=K2p=K2μ=K2sK_2 = K_2^p = K_2^\mu = K_2^sK2​=K2p​=K2μ​=K2s​.
  3. Theorem 4.6. For every set Σ\SigmaΣ with the same closed positive hull as Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​, K2=⋂ζ∈ΣK2(ζ)K_2 = \bigcap_{\zeta \in \Sigma} K_2(\zeta)K2​=⋂ζ∈Σ​K2​(ζ).
  4. Theorem 4.7. K2K_2K2​ is closed and convex; if the closed positive hull pos⁡(Ξ~p,T)\operatorname{pos}(\tilde\Xi_{p,T})pos(Ξ~p,T​) is a convex polyhedral cone, K2K_2K2​ is a convex polyhedron.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 and Corollary 4.5 show that three different notions of second-stage feasibility (almost sure, on the support, finite expected cost) coincide, and that feasibility depends only on the distribution of (p,T)(p, T)(p,T). This justifies computing the feasibility region from the support alone, which is what feasibility-cut algorithms do. Theorem 4.7 guarantees that the deterministic equivalent program is a convex program over a closed convex set, with no moment condition. Theorem 4.10 shows that with a fixed technology matrix the induced constraints are finitely many linear inequalities, even when p(ξ)p(\xi)p(ξ) has an unbounded continuous distribution, so the deterministic equivalent program has a polyhedral feasible region.

The results are classical and proved in the paper. None of them is formalized on Prove2Me for a general distribution. The platform has the finite-scenario analogue of Theorem 4.7's first part, StochasticProg.Recourse.thm5a_K2_closed_convex (Birge and Louveaux, Ch. 3, Thm 5(a)), for finitely many scenarios; it is related work, not a special case in the Lean sense, because its model differs. The mission produces a machine-checked account of the measure-theoretic part (supports, pushforwards, an extended-valued integral with a nonstandard convention) and of the polyhedral part (Minkowski–Weyl for cones).

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious approach. First, K2p⊆K2sK_2^p \subseteq K_2^sK2p​⊆K2s​ needs an integrable upper bound for the positive part of Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) on the whole support. QQQ is only piecewise linear in ξ\xiξ, can equal −∞-\infty−∞, and qqq, ppp, TTT are not assumed integrable separately, so no single dominating function is at hand; only the products controlled by the weak covariance condition are integrable. Second, Theorem 4.10 intersects infinitely many polyhedra K2(ζ)K_2(\zeta)K2​(ζ), and an infinite intersection of polyhedra is in general only closed and convex (Theorem 4.7). Showing that finitely many inequalities suffice without any assumption on the shape of the support of ppp is the content of the goal, and the resulting system may be inconsistent, in which case K2=∅K_2 = \emptysetK2​=∅.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin k → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; the paper's row vectors and suppressed transposes become Matrix.mulVec. The data space is Rn×Rnˉ×Rmˉ×Rmˉ×n\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar n} \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar m} \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar m \times n}Rn×Rnˉ×Rmˉ×Rmˉ×n with its Borel structure, and μ\muμ is a probability measure on the whole space (the paper's sample space Ξ\XiΞ only carries μ\muμ). Readings fixed by the formalization:

  • "has first moments" (Def. 2.2) is Integrable with respect to μ\muμ.
  • The integral is the paper's: two lower Lebesgue integrals, returning +∞+\infty+∞ whenever the positive part diverges. Mathlib's EReal subtraction (⊤−⊤=⊥\top - \top = \bot⊤−⊤=⊥) and the Bochner integral of toReal (zero for non-integrable functions) would both make K2sK_2^sK2s​ wrong and are not used.
  • "support" is Mathlib's Measure.support; Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the pushforward under the (continuous, hence measurable) projection onto (p,T)(p,T)(p,T).
  • "TTT is fixed" means T(ξ)=T0T(\xi) = T_0T(ξ)=T0​ with probability one, a weaker hypothesis than pointwise constancy.
  • "convex polyhedron" is the solution set of finitely many weak linear inequalities, the number of them existentially quantified; "convex polyhedral cone" is the conic hull of finitely many vectors; "closed positive hull" is the closure of the conic hull.
  • Full row rank of WWW is the paper's standing assumption (p. 312) and is carried as a hypothesis of Theorem 4.1, Corollary 4.5 and Theorem 4.10; it is inessential for them.
  • Theorem 4.6 is stated as "for every Σ\SigmaΣ with the same closed positive hull as Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​". The literal statement fails: a closed half-plane has no extreme points, so the "inverse of convex closure" would give Σ=∅\Sigma = \emptysetΣ=∅ and an intersection equal to Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn.
  • The set on p. 314 (iii) is printed K2pK_2^pK2p​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a polyhedron indexed by an arbitrary type or by the support would make Theorem 4.10 a restatement of the first part of Theorem 4.7, and a Bochner-integral Q\mathcal QQ would make K2s=RnK_2^s = \mathbb{R}^nK2s​=Rn. Neither is used.

A complete development needs Minkowski–Weyl for finitely generated cones (available in Mathlib as PointedCone.FG / DualFG), closedness of finitely generated cones, supports of pushforward measures, and simplicial covers of pos⁡W\operatorname{pos} WposW (Carathéodory). The support and integral lemmas are reusable for every result about recourse functions with general distributions; contributions of such lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program, SIAM Review 16(3):309–339, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1016053
  • R. M. Van Slyke and R. J.-B. Wets, L-Shaped Linear Programs with Applications to Optimal Control and Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 17(4):638–663, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1137/0117061
  • D. W. Walkup and R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Recourse, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 15(5):1299–1314, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1137/0115113
  • G. B. Dantzig, Linear Programming under Uncertainty, Management Science 1(3–4):197–206, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1.3-4.197
  • J. R. Birge and F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011, Ch. 3. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies I: The Renewal Closed Form for the Discounted Cost of a Stationary (s, S) PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

The periodic-review inventory problem with a fixed ordering cost is one of the basic models of operations research. A firm reviews its stock once per period, may order at a cost KKK per order plus a unit cost, and then faces a random demand; unmet demand is backlogged. Scarf (1960) and Iglehart (1963) showed that for this model an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is optimal: order up to SSS whenever the stock falls below sss, and otherwise do nothing. That result tells a manager what shape a good policy has, but not which pair (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) to use.

Veinott and Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies (Management Science 11 (1965) 525–552), gave the first practical algorithm for computing an optimal pair when demand is discrete. The algorithm rests on a closed form, their Eq. (11), for the discounted cost of an arbitrary stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, obtained by a renewal argument in their Section 3. The same closed form, in the undiscounted limit, is the classical expression of the long-run average cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy used throughout inventory theory textbooks.

Timeline:

  • 1958: Arrow, Karlin and Scarf collect the early dynamic inventory models.
  • 1960: Scarf proves optimality of (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies in the finite-horizon model via KKK-convexity.
  • 1963: Iglehart extends optimality to the infinite-horizon model.
  • 1965: Veinott and Wagner derive the renewal closed form (10)–(11) and the bounds and search procedure built on it.

Setting

Demands ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are independent random variables on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} with common distribution φ\varphiφ, φ(k)=Pr⁡(ξt=k)\varphi(k) = \Pr(\xi_t = k)φ(k)=Pr(ξt​=k). Write φi\varphi^iφi for the iii-fold convolution of φ\varphiφ (φ0\varphi^0φ0 is the point mass at 000) and Φi(k)=∑t=0kφi(t)\Phi^i(k) = \sum_{t=0}^{k}\varphi^i(t)Φi(k)=∑t=0k​φi(t) for its distribution function, so Φ0≡1\Phi^0 \equiv 1Φ0≡1.

In period ttt the stock before ordering is Xt∈ZX_t \in \mathbb ZXt​∈Z and the stock after ordering is Yt≥XtY_t \ge X_tYt​≥Xt​; then Xt+1=Yt−ξtX_{t+1} = Y_t - \xi_tXt+1​=Yt​−ξt​. With the unit purchase cost eliminated as in the paper's Eq. (2), the cost of period ttt is Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​), where K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 is the set-up cost, δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0, δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 for z>0z > 0z>0, and Gα:Z→RG_\alpha : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb RGα​:Z→R is the one-period cost. Period ttt is discounted by αt−1\alpha^{t-1}αt−1 with 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1.

A stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, for integers s≤Ss \le Ss≤S, sets Yt=SY_t = SYt​=S if Xt<sX_t < sXt​<s and Yt=XtY_t = X_tYt​=Xt​ otherwise. Its total expected discounted cost from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x is

f(x∣s,S)=∑t=1∞αt−1E[Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)],f(x \mid s, S) = \sum_{t=1}^{\infty} \alpha^{t-1} E\bigl[K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)\bigr],f(x∣s,S)=t=1∑∞​αt−1E[Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​)],

and its equivalent cost per period is aα(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = (1 - \alpha) f(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S).

The renewal quantities are

mα(k)=∑i=1∞αiφi(k),Mα(k)=∑i=1∞αiΦi(k),m_\alpha(k) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\varphi^i(k), \qquad M_\alpha(k) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\Phi^i(k),mα​(k)=i=1∑∞​αiφi(k),Mα​(k)=i=1∑∞​αiΦi(k),

the latter being the discount renewal function,

Lα(x,d)=Gα(x)+∑i=1∞∑k=0dαiGα(x−k)φi(k),rα(d)=∑i=1∞αi[Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)].L_\alpha(x, d) = G_\alpha(x) + \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\sum_{k=0}^{d}\alpha^i G_\alpha(x - k)\varphi^i(k), \qquad r_\alpha(d) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\bigl[\Phi^{i-1}(d) - \Phi^i(d)\bigr].Lα​(x,d)=Gα​(x)+i=1∑∞​k=0∑d​αiGα​(x−k)φi(k),rα​(d)=i=1∑∞​αi[Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)].

If T(d)T(d)T(d) is the first period in which cumulative demand exceeds ddd, then Lα(x,d)L_\alpha(x, d)Lα​(x,d) is the expected discounted one-period cost over periods 1,…,T(d)1, \dots, T(d)1,…,T(d) from stock xxx without ordering, and rα(d)=E[αT(d)]r_\alpha(d) = E[\alpha^{T(d)}]rα​(d)=E[αT(d)].

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (11)

With D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s,

aα(x∣s,S)={Lα(S,D)+K1+Mα(D)x<s,(1−α)Lα(x,x−s)+Lα(S,D)+K1+Mα(D) rα(x−s)x≥s.a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = \begin{cases} \dfrac{L_\alpha(S, D) + K}{1 + M_\alpha(D)} & x < s, \\[2ex] (1 - \alpha)L_\alpha(x, x - s) + \dfrac{L_\alpha(S, D) + K}{1 + M_\alpha(D)}\, r_\alpha(x - s) & x \ge s. \end{cases}aα​(x∣s,S)=⎩⎨⎧​1+Mα​(D)Lα​(S,D)+K​(1−α)Lα​(x,x−s)+1+Mα​(D)Lα​(S,D)+K​rα​(x−s)​x<s,x≥s.​

Milestones

  1. Appendix §1: Mα(k)<∞M_\alpha(k) < \inftyMα​(k)<∞ for 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1 with αφ(0)<1\alpha\varphi(0) < 1αφ(0)<1.
  2. Eq. (8): Lα(x,d)=Gα(x)+∑j=0dGα(x−j)mα(j)L_\alpha(x, d) = G_\alpha(x) + \sum_{j=0}^{d} G_\alpha(x - j)m_\alpha(j)Lα​(x,d)=Gα​(x)+∑j=0d​Gα​(x−j)mα​(j).
  3. Eq. (9): rα(d)=α−(1−α)Mα(d)r_\alpha(d) = \alpha - (1 - \alpha)M_\alpha(d)rα​(d)=α−(1−α)Mα​(d).
  4. The renewal equation f(S)=Lα(S,D)+Krα(D)+f(S)rα(D)f(S) = L_\alpha(S, D) + Kr_\alpha(D) + f(S)r_\alpha(D)f(S)=Lα​(S,D)+Krα​(D)+f(S)rα​(D).
  5. f(x)=K+f(S)f(x) = K + f(S)f(x)=K+f(S) for x<sx < sx<s.
  6. f(x)=Lα(x,x−s)+Krα(x−s)+f(S)rα(x−s)f(x) = L_\alpha(x, x - s) + Kr_\alpha(x - s) + f(S)r_\alpha(x - s)f(x)=Lα​(x,x−s)+Krα​(x−s)+f(S)rα​(x−s) for x≥sx \ge sx≥s.
  7. Eq. (10): the closed form of fff with denominator 1−rα(D)1 - r_\alpha(D)1−rα​(D).

Significance

Eq. (11) turns the cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, an infinite series over the trajectories of a controlled Markov chain, into a finite expression in GαG_\alphaGα​, KKK and the renewal sequence mαm_\alphamα​, which the paper computes by a one-line recursion. Everything in the paper's Section 4 builds on it: the search for an optimal pair minimizes aα(⋅∣s,S)a_\alpha(\cdot \mid s, S)aα​(⋅∣s,S) over a finite box, and the undiscounted limit α→1\alpha \to 1α→1 gives the long-run average cost (L1(S,D)+K)/(1+M1(D))(L_1(S, D) + K)/(1 + M_1(D))(L1​(S,D)+K)/(1+M1​(D)).

The result is classical and proved in the paper. What this mission adds is a machine-checked derivation from the definition of the policy's expected cost, including the renewal step, which the paper states in one sentence ("a renewal of the process takes place"). It also produces a reusable Lean layer: discrete convolution powers, the discount renewal function, and the law of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S)-controlled inventory chain. To the best of our knowledge none of these is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The paper's argument conditions on the random time T(D)T(D)T(D) at which the process renews and uses the strong Markov property at that time. In the formalization, fff is defined as a sum over periods of expectations under the law of XtX_tXt​. Relating that sum to one that splits at the random time T(D)T(D)T(D) requires either a stopping-time decomposition of the chain or an explicit accounting of the law of XtX_tXt​ before and after the first order. Neither is a direct computation. A second difficulty is the interchange of the infinite sum over periods with the sum over states y∈Zy \in \mathbb Zy∈Z, which has infinitely many states reachable (demand is unbounded below). The renewal equation (milestone 4) alone does not determine f(S)f(S)f(S) without the fact that rα(D)<1r_\alpha(D) < 1rα​(D)<1 for α<1\alpha < 1α<1, which comes from (9).

Formalization scope

  • Namespace VeinottWagnerSS.RenewalCost. Stock levels are integers, demands natural numbers; x−sx - sx−s and D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s enter LαL_\alphaLα​, MαM_\alphaMα​, rαr_\alpharα​ through Int.toNat, which is exact because the statements assume s≤xs \le xs≤x or s≤Ss \le Ss≤S.
  • Reduced model. The primitives are GαG_\alphaGα​, KKK, α\alphaα and φ\varphiφ, as in the paper's Eq. (2): the unit purchase cost is set to 000 and the holding–penalty cost is replaced by GαG_\alphaGα​.
  • Demand is a real function φ:N→R\varphi : \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rφ:N→R, non-negative and summing to 111.
  • The cost fff is the expected discounted cost of the controlled chain: the law of XtX_tXt​ is built recursively from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x and the transition Pr⁡(Xt+1=z∣Xt=y)=φ(Y(y)−z)\Pr(X_{t+1} = z \mid X_t = y) = \varphi(Y(y) - z)Pr(Xt+1​=z∣Xt​=y)=φ(Y(y)−z). It is not defined by (10) or by the renewal equations, and not as the solution of a fixed-point equation. A formalization in which any of milestones 4–7 or the goal holds by definition is ruled out.
  • Series are real tsums. LαL_\alphaLα​ is defined by the series (7) and rαr_\alpharα​ by the first line of (9), i.e. through the law Pr⁡[T(d)=i]=Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)\Pr[T(d) = i] = \Phi^{i-1}(d) - \Phi^i(d)Pr[T(d)=i]=Φi−1(d)−Φi(d); the paper's derivations of these series from T(d)T(d)T(d) are not formalized. For α<1\alpha < 1α<1 all series converge for every GαG_\alphaGα​, because after period 111 the stock after ordering lies in the finite set {S}∪[s,max⁡(x,S)]\{S\} \cup [s, \max(x, S)]{S}∪[s,max(x,S)].
  • Hypotheses. Milestones 1–3 assume 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1 and αφ(0)<1\alpha\varphi(0) < 1αφ(0)<1, the paper's standing assumption on p. 533. Milestones 4–7 and the goal assume 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 and s≤Ss \le Ss≤S. The paper's standing assumptions that GαG_\alphaGα​ is convex and tends to +∞+\infty+∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞ are not imposed: the statements hold for every GαG_\alphaGα​ when α<1\alpha < 1α<1, and the paper's derivation does not use them. This is a disclosed generalization.
  • Printed slips. None found in the formalized statements.
  • Not formalized: the recursion (A1) for mαm_\alphamα​, the limit (12) as α→1\alpha \to 1α→1, and the stationary analysis (13)–(20).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on discrete renewal sequences and convolution powers, and a first-passage decomposition for integer-valued Markov chains, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott Jr. and H. M. Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies, Management Science 11(5), 525–552, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.11.5.525
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2), 259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • K. J. Arrow, S. Karlin and H. Scarf, Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisMarkov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces II: Off-Diagonal Domination Orders the Asymptotic Variances of Reversible Kernels (Peskun's Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) estimates an expectation ∫f dπ\int f\,d\pi∫fdπ by the average of fff along a Markov chain whose invariant distribution is π\piπ. Many chains share the same π\piπ: every Metropolis–Hastings acceptance rule that satisfies detailed balance, every mixture of such kernels, every choice of proposal. Practitioners need a criterion for preferring one of them. The standard yardstick is the asymptotic variance of the ergodic average, the constant in the Markov chain central limit theorem. A smaller asymptotic variance means fewer iterations for the same Monte Carlo error.

Peskun (1973) compared chains on a finite state space through a partial order on transition matrices: if one reversible matrix moves off the diagonal at least as much as another, entry by entry, its asymptotic variances are no larger, for every function. That result justifies the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability as the best possible among reversible acceptance rules. It covers only finite state spaces, while MCMC is used almost exclusively on continuous or mixed ones.

Tierney (1998) extended Peskun's theorem to general state spaces, using the spectral approach of Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) for reversible chains. The theorem is the one usually cited when an MCMC paper argues that one sampler dominates another; Mira (2001) surveys orderings built on it.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space in which singletons are measurable, and let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE. A Markov kernel HHH assigns to each x∈Ex \in Ex∈E a probability measure H(x,⋅)H(x, \cdot)H(x,⋅), measurably in xxx. It acts on functions by (Hf)(x)=∫f(y) H(x,dy)(Hf)(x) = \int f(y)\,H(x,dy)(Hf)(x)=∫f(y)H(x,dy). The measure π\piπ is invariant for HHH if ∫H(x,A) π(dx)=π(A)\int H(x, A)\,\pi(dx) = \pi(A)∫H(x,A)π(dx)=π(A) for every A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. The kernel HHH is reversible with respect to π\piπ (satisfies detailed balance) if

π(dx) H(x,dy)=π(dy) H(y,dx),\pi(dx)\,H(x,dy) = \pi(dy)\,H(y,dx),π(dx)H(x,dy)=π(dy)H(y,dx),

that is, ∫AH(x,B) π(dx)=∫BH(x,A) π(dx)\int_A H(x,B)\,\pi(dx) = \int_B H(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​H(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​H(x,A)π(dx) for all A,B∈EA, B \in \mathcal EA,B∈E. Reversibility implies invariance.

Write ⟨f,g⟩=∫fg dπ\langle f, g\rangle = \int fg\,d\pi⟨f,g⟩=∫fgdπ, L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π) for the square-integrable functions and L02(π)={g∈L2(π):∫g dπ=0}L^2_0(\pi) = \{g \in L^2(\pi) : \int g\,d\pi = 0\}L02​(π)={g∈L2(π):∫gdπ=0}.

Off-diagonal domination. For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂) if for π\piπ-almost every xxx,

P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.P_1(x, A\setminus\{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus\{x\}) \quad\text{for all } A \in \mathcal E.P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.

So from almost every state P1P_1P1​ moves to every region at least as readily as P2P_2P2​, and the kernels differ only in the probability of staying put.

The chain and its asymptotic variance. For a Markov kernel HHH, let X0,X1,…X_0, X_1, \dotsX0​,X1​,… be the Markov chain with initial distribution π\piπ and transition kernel HHH (chainMeasure π H, a measure on paths N→E\mathbb N \to EN→E). For f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π) put Sn=∑i=1nf(Xi)S_n = \sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i)Sn​=∑i=1n​f(Xi​) (pathSum f n) and

v(f,H)=lim⁡n→∞1nVar⁡H(Sn)∈[0,∞].v(f, H) = \lim_{n \to \infty} \frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) \in [0, \infty].v(f,H)=n→∞lim​n1​VarH​(Sn​)∈[0,∞].

The lag inner products are ⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y) Hk(x,dy) π(dx)\langle f, H^k f\rangle = \int f(x) \int f(y)\,H^k(x,dy)\,\pi(dx)⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y)Hk(x,dy)π(dx) (lagInner π H f k), and for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 the regularized variance is vλ(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1λk⟨f,Hkf⟩v_\lambda(f,H) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2 \sum_{k\ge1} \lambda^k \langle f, H^k f\ranglevλ​(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1​λk⟨f,Hkf⟩ (vLam π H f lam).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

Let P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ be Markov kernels reversible with respect to π\piπ, f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π), and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​. Then both asymptotic variances exist in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and

v(f,P1)≤v(f,P2).v(f, P_1) \le v(f, P_2).v(f,P1​)≤v(f,P2​).

No rate, constant or regularity of the kernels is fixed. The statement is the ordering itself, valid for every reversible pair and every f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 5): if P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ have invariant distribution π\piπ and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​, then P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ is a positive operator on L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π):
∬f(x)f(y) (P2(x,dy)−P1(x,dy)) π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).\iint f(x)f(y)\,\bigl(P_2(x,dy) - P_1(x,dy)\bigr)\,\pi(dx) \ge 0 \qquad (f \in L^2(\pi)).∬f(x)f(y)(P2​(x,dy)−P1​(x,dy))π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).
  1. A reversible kernel is a self-adjoint contraction on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π) (p. 5): ⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩\langle Hf, g\rangle = \langle f, Hg\rangle⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩ and ∥Hf∥≤∥f∥\|Hf\| \le \|f\|∥Hf∥≤∥f∥.
  2. Finite-nnn variance identity (p. 5), for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1:
1nVar⁡H(Sn)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑i=1nn−in ⟨f,Hif⟩.\frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2\sum_{i=1}^n \frac{n-i}{n}\,\langle f, H^i f\rangle.n1​VarH​(Sn​)=⟨f,f⟩+2i=1∑n​nn−i​⟨f,Hif⟩.
  1. Existence of v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (p. 6).
  2. vλ(f,H)→v(f,H)v_\lambda(f,H) \to v(f,H)vλ​(f,H)→v(f,H) as λ↑1\lambda \uparrow 1λ↑1, finite or infinite (p. 6).
  3. vλ(f,P1)≤vλ(f,P2)v_\lambda(f,P_1) \le v_\lambda(f,P_2)vλ​(f,P1​)≤vλ​(f,P2​) for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 when P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (p. 6).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 turns a pointwise, one-step comparison of kernels, which is easy to check, into a comparison of the quantity that governs Monte Carlo error. Its main consequence, drawn in §3 of the paper, is that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}(x,y) = \min\{1, r(y,x)\}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} gives the maximal kernel in the off-diagonal order among reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels with a given proposal. It is therefore optimal in asymptotic variance, on arbitrary state spaces. Proposition 5 of the same paper (a separate mission in this series) combines with it to show that a single Metropolis–Hastings kernel built on a mixture proposal beats the mixture of the component kernels. Later orderings of samplers (Mira 2001; Andrieu and Livingstone 2021) take this theorem as their base case.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1998. No machine-checked version exists for general state spaces, and none of its milestones is on the platform. The formalization produces reusable infrastructure: the asymptotic variance of a stationary chain as an extended-real limit on Mathlib's Ionescu–Tulcea path measure, the L2L^2L2 facts for reversible kernels (self-adjointness, contraction, the covariance formula for path sums), and the positivity of P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ under off-diagonal domination. Each of these is used again in any formal treatment of MCMC efficiency or the Markov chain central limit theorem.

Difficulty

The direct approach compares the two finite-nnn variances. This fails, and not just technically: the paper exhibits two doubly stochastic, symmetric 4×44\times44×4 matrices with P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ for which the variance of f(X0)+f(X1)+f(X2)f(X_0)+f(X_1)+f(X_2)f(X0​)+f(X1​)+f(X2​) is 15.4 under P1P_1P1​ and 14.8 under P2P_2P2​ (p. 7). Off-diagonal domination orders the lag-one covariances, but higher-order correlations "need not be ordered" (p. 5). The ordering appears only in the limit, and only for reversible kernels. The comparison must pass through an object that sees all lags at once and is monotone along the segment P1+β(P2−P1)P_1 + \beta(P_2 - P_1)P1​+β(P2​−P1​), and that object involves resolvents of operators on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π). The limit may be infinite, so every comparison must be made in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Mathlib has neither the spectral measure of a self-adjoint operator nor the Kipnis–Varadhan theory.

Formalization scope

The state space is {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with [MeasurableSingletonClass E] wherever off-diagonal domination appears. This is an assumption the paper leaves implicit: A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} must be an event. π\piπ is a probability measure and all kernels are Markov kernels. Reversibility is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible, invariance is Kernel.Invariant. The function fff is measurable with MemLp f 2 π and, for L02L^2_0L02​, ∫ f ∂π = 0; measurability picks a representative of the L2L^2L2 class and costs nothing. The chain is Kernel.trajMeasure started from π\piπ. The sum runs over X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​, not X0X_0X0​. Variances are Mathlib's evariance in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) is a Tendsto limit in ℝ≥0∞, so an infinite asymptotic variance is represented. The goal asserts the existence of both limits rather than assuming it, so it cannot hold vacuously. Neither it nor any milestone specializes to finite EEE, to Metropolis–Hastings kernels, or to a chain started from a point. Lemma 3 assumes invariance only, and the theorem requires reversibility, as printed.

Two statements depart in form from the page. The finite-nnn variance identity and vλv_\lambdavλ​ are written through the moments ⟨f,Hkf⟩\langle f, H^k f\rangle⟨f,Hkf⟩ (a Neumann series) instead of through the spectral measure ef,He_{f,H}ef,H​ and the resolvent (I−λH)−1(I-\lambda H)^{-1}(I−λH)−1. The two forms agree for a self-adjoint contraction, and this is noted in each item. The paper's appeal to the spectral theorem and to Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) is not restated as an item: a complete development needs it, or an equivalent argument, as part of the proof. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on the path measure (stationarity and the marginal laws of (Xi,Xj)(X_i, X_j)(Xi​,Xj​)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1), 1–9, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte-Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 607–612, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • C. Kipnis and S. R. S. Varadhan, Central limit theorem for additive functionals of reversible Markov processes and applications to simple exclusions, Comm. Math. Phys. 104, 1–19, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210789
  • A. Mira, Ordering and improving the performance of Monte Carlo Markov chains, Statist. Sci. 16(4), 340–350, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1015346318
  • C. Andrieu and S. Livingstone, Peskun–Tierney ordering for Markovian Monte Carlo: beyond the reversible scenario, Ann. Statist. 49(4), 1958–1981, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS2008
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces I: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for a Metropolis–Hastings Kernel to Satisfy Detailed BalanceResearch Paper

Motivation

The Metropolis–Hastings algorithm (Metropolis et al. 1953; Hastings 1970) is the basic construction of Markov chain Monte Carlo. It turns a target probability distribution π\piπ, known only up to a constant, into a Markov chain that has π\piπ as its invariant distribution. Bayesian computation depends on it, and a sampler is usually designed by proving one property: reversibility, or detailed balance, with respect to π\piπ.

For discrete state spaces, or when every measure involved has a density with respect to a common reference measure, the condition on the acceptance probability is the familiar π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x)\pi(x)q(x,y)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(y)q(y,x)\alpha(y,x)π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x). Samplers used in practice often do not fit this setting: deterministic involutive proposals, mixtures of proposals with different supports, and Green's dimension-changing moves for model selection (Green 1995) have no common density. Each of these was treated separately in the literature. Tierney (1998) gives one necessary and sufficient condition that covers all of them, on an arbitrary measurable state space. This mission formalizes that condition.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E,\mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space, with no topological or countability assumption. Let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE, the target. Let Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy) be a Markov transition kernel on EEE, the proposal, and let α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1] be a measurable function, the acceptance probability. From the current state xxx, a candidate yyy is drawn from Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) and accepted with probability α(x,y)\alpha(x,y)α(x,y); otherwise the chain stays at xxx. The resulting Metropolis–Hastings kernel (mhKernel Q α) is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du).(1)P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)\,\alpha(x,y)+\delta_x(dy)\int\bigl(1-\alpha(x,u)\bigr)\,Q(x,du).\tag{1}P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du).(1)

A kernel PPP satisfies detailed balance with respect to π\piπ if the two measures π(dx)P(x,dy)\pi(dx)P(x,dy)π(dx)P(x,dy) and π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dy)P(y,dx)π(dy)P(y,dx) on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E are equal (Eq. (2)). Equivalently, ∫AP(x,B) π(dx)=∫BP(x,A) π(dx)\int_A P(x,B)\,\pi(dx)=\int_B P(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​P(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​P(x,A)π(dx) for all measurable A,BA,BA,B, which is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible P π.

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx,dy)=\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) (π ⊗ₘ Q), and let μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx,dy)=\mu(dy,dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx) be its image under the swap (x,y)↦(y,x)(x,y)\mapsto(y,x)(x,y)↦(y,x). A symmetric split (IsSymmetricSplit) is a measurable set R⊆E×ER\subseteq E\times ER⊆E×E with (x,y)∈R  ⟺  (y,x)∈R(x,y)\in R\iff(y,x)\in R(x,y)∈R⟺(y,x)∈R, such that μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular on its complement RcR^cRc. Informally, RRR consists of the pairs between which the proposal can move in both directions. A ratio version (IsRatioVersion) is a measurable r:E×E→(0,∞)r:E\times E\to(0,\infty)r:E×E→(0,∞) that is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ (the restriction of μ\muμ to RRR) with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and satisfies r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) at every point.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 3)

For every π\piπ, QQQ, α\alphaα as above and every symmetric split RRR and ratio version rrr for μ=π⊗Q\mu=\pi\otimes Qμ=π⊗Q:

P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π  ⟺  {(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y) r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.P\ \text{satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. }\pi\iff \begin{cases}\text{(i)}\ \ \alpha=0\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R^c,\\[2pt] \text{(ii)}\ \alpha(x,y)\,r(x,y)=\alpha(y,x)\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R.\end{cases}P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π⟺{(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y)r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.​

The paper phrases the left side as condition (4), μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x)\mu(dx,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\mu^T(dx,dy)\alpha(y,x)μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x), which its text identifies with (2) for the kernel (1). The goal states it for the kernel itself.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 2). For every σ\sigmaσ-finite measure μ\muμ on E×EE\times EE×E: a symmetric split RRR exists; any two symmetric splits differ by a set null for both μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT; and every symmetric split admits a ratio version.
  2. §2, Eqs. (2)–(3) (p. 2). The kernel (1) satisfies (2) if and only if
π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(dy)Q(y,dx)\alpha(y,x),\tag{3}π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)

that is, the rejection mass on the diagonal does not affect reversibility.

Companion item

§2, special case 1 (pp. 3–4). If π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx)\pi(dx)=\pi(x)\nu(dx)π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx) and Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)\nu(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy) for a σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν, then R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0}R=\{\pi(x)q(x,y)>0,\ \pi(y)q(y,x)>0\}R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0} is a symmetric split, r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x))r=\pi(x)q(x,y)/(\pi(y)q(y,x))r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x)) is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and detailed balance is equivalent to the two conditions holding ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost everywhere.

Significance

Theorem 2 lets reversibility be checked in the same way for every Metropolis–Hastings variant: compute RRR and rrr for the proposal, then verify (i) and (ii). The paper derives from it the reversibility of the standard acceptance probability αMH=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}=\min\{1,r(y,x)\}αMH​=min{1,r(y,x)} on RRR (and 000 off RRR), and the three special cases of §2 are instances. Together with Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible.invariant, it yields that π\piπ is invariant for the sampler. This is the correctness statement of every MCMC method built on the Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Missions II and III of this series (Peskun ordering; mixture proposals) take reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels as their objects.

The result is proved in the paper. The mission adds a machine-checked proof at the paper's full generality: no densities, no dominating measure, no countability of E\mathcal EE. The platform currently has only finite-state statements (MarkovMixing.metropolis_stationary, a sufficiency direction on a Fintype state space with a matrix proposal), so neither the general kernel nor the converse direction is formalized there.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works with densities: write both sides of (3) as densities with respect to one reference measure and compare them pointwise. On a general space no such reference is given for μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT together, and even μ+μT\mu+\mu^Tμ+μT yields densities only up to null sets. Pointwise comparison of densities is therefore not available, and the statement mixes three kinds of almost-everywhere claim (μ\muμ-a.e., μT\mu^TμT-a.e., and a.e. for the restrictions to RRR and RcR^cRc). The Lean statement also has to hold for every version of RRR and rrr, not one convenient choice. Milestone 2 has its own content: the diagonal part of PPP is a measure concentrated on the diagonal, which need not be a measurable set, and its symmetry has to be shown without that measurability.

Formalization scope

  • Space. {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with nothing else: no measurable singletons, no topology, no countable generation. π : Measure E with [IsProbabilityMeasure π] and Q : Kernel E E with [IsMarkovKernel Q].
  • Acceptance probability. α : E × E → ℝ≥0∞ with the hypotheses Measurable α and ∀ p, α p ≤ 1, which is the paper's measurable α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1]. The kernel is Q.withDensity (fun x y => α (x, y)) + Kernel.withDensity Kernel.id (fun x _ => ∫⁻ u, (1 - α (x, u)) ∂(Q x)). The measurability hypothesis rules out the junk zero kernel that Kernel.withDensity returns for a non-measurable density.
  • Detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. It agrees with the measure identity (2) because rectangles determine a finite measure on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E.
  • (i) and (ii) are almost-everywhere statements for the restrictions of μ\muμ to RcR^cRc and to RRR respectively; neither is required pointwise. Condition (ii) off RRR would be false in general.
  • RRR and rrr are universally quantified in the goal. A formalization that fixes one specific Radon–Nikodym derivative, or drops the everywhere conditions 0<r<∞0<r<\infty0<r<∞, r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x), proves a different statement. Proposition 1's existence clause shows that the goal's hypotheses can be met, so the goal is not vacuous. A sorry-free check in the workspace confirms this for Q=πQ=\piQ=π with R=E×ER=E\times ER=E×E, r≡1r\equiv1r≡1.
  • Added hypothesis. The companion item assumes ν\nuν is σ\sigmaσ-finite, which the paper leaves implicit in "ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost all".
  • Infrastructure. The definitions IsSymmetricSplit and IsRatioVersion (a symmetric Lebesgue-type decomposition of a measure against its transpose) are reusable for any reversibility argument on product spaces. Lemmas on Measure.map Prod.swap of compProd and withDensity, and on the symmetry of measures carried by the diagonal, are also welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1) (1998) 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equation of State Calculations by Fast Computing Machines, J. Chem. Phys. 21 (1953) 1087–1092. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo Sampling Methods Using Markov Chains and Their Applications, Biometrika 57 (1970) 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • L. Tierney, Markov Chains for Exploring Posterior Distributions, Ann. Statist. 22 (1994) 1701–1762. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176325750
  • P. J. Green, Reversible Jump Markov Chain Monte Carlo Computation and Bayesian Model Determination, Biometrika 82 (1995) 711–732. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/82.4.711
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Number TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer 2: Factoring from a Random ResidueResearch Paper

Motivation

Shor's 1997 paper (SIAM J. Comput. 26(5), arXiv:quant-ph/9508027) gives a polynomial-time quantum algorithm for factoring integers. The quantum computer does not factor directly: it finds the multiplicative order of an element modulo nnn. The step from order finding to factoring is classical and randomized, and goes back to Miller's 1976 work on primality testing (G. L. Miller, Riemann's hypothesis and tests for primality, J. Comput. System Sci. 13 (1976)). Every account of Shor's algorithm, and every resource estimate for breaking RSA with a quantum computer, depends on this reduction succeeding with a constant probability per trial. This mission formalizes that probability bound as Shor states it on p. 1498 of the published paper.

Setting

Let n>1n > 1n>1 be an odd integer with prime factorization

n=∏i=1kpiαi,n = \prod_{i=1}^{k} p_i^{\alpha_i},n=i=1∏k​piαi​​,

so kkk is the number of distinct prime factors of nnn, all odd. The unit group (Z/nZ)×(\mathbb{Z}/n\mathbb{Z})^\times(Z/nZ)× consists of the residues coprime to nnn; it has φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) elements, where φ\varphiφ is Euler's totient function.

For a unit xxx the order r=ord⁡n(x)r = \operatorname{ord}_n(x)r=ordn​(x) is the least positive integer with xr≡1(modn)x^r \equiv 1 \pmod nxr≡1(modn). For each iii the local order rir_iri​ is the order of x mod piαix \bmod p_i^{\alpha_i}xmodpiαi​​, taken modulo the full prime power, not modulo pip_ipi​. For a positive integer mmm, ν2(m)\nu_2(m)ν2​(m) denotes the exponent of the largest power of 222 dividing mmm.

The reduction is: choose xxx uniformly at random from (Z/nZ)×(\mathbb{Z}/n\mathbb{Z})^\times(Z/nZ)×, obtain its order rrr (from the quantum subroutine), and compute

g(x)=gcd⁡(xr/2−1, n).g(x) = \gcd\bigl(x^{r/2} - 1,\ n\bigr).g(x)=gcd(xr/2−1, n).

The procedure yields a nontrivial factor at xxx when rrr is even and 1<g(x)<n1 < g(x) < n1<g(x)<n. In Lean this event is ShorAlgorithms.Reduction.successEvent n u for u : (ZMod n)ˣ, and rir_iri​ is localOrder n u p for p ∈ n.primeFactors.

Formalization targets

Goal: the success probability

Pr⁡x∈(Z/n)×[r even and 1<gcd⁡(xr/2−1,n)<n]  ≥  1−12k−1.\Pr_{x \in (\mathbb{Z}/n)^\times}\bigl[r \text{ even and } 1 < \gcd(x^{r/2}-1, n) < n\bigr] \;\ge\; 1 - \frac{1}{2^{k-1}}.x∈(Z/n)×Pr​[r even and 1<gcd(xr/2−1,n)<n]≥1−2k−11​.

It is stated for every odd n>1n > 1n>1. For a prime power (k=1k = 1k=1) the bound is 000, so the statement says nothing there; it is informative exactly when nnn is not a prime power, as the paper remarks. The constant is sharp: for n=21n = 21n=21 exactly 666 of the 121212 units succeed, so 1−1/2k1 - 1/2^{k}1−1/2k in place of 1−1/2k−11 - 1/2^{k-1}1−1/2k−1 would be false.

Milestones, in the order the page uses them

  1. Success criterion. If rrr is even and xr/2≢−1(modn)x^{r/2} \not\equiv -1 \pmod nxr/2≡−1(modn), then 1<gcd⁡(xr/2−1,n)<n1 < \gcd(x^{r/2}-1, n) < n1<gcd(xr/2−1,n)<n.
  2. Order is the lcm. r=lcm⁡(r1,…,rk)r = \operatorname{lcm}(r_1, \dots, r_k)r=lcm(r1​,…,rk​).
  3. Failure forces agreement. For odd nnn, if the procedure fails at xxx, then ν2(r1)=⋯=ν2(rk)\nu_2(r_1) = \cdots = \nu_2(r_k)ν2​(r1​)=⋯=ν2​(rk​).
  4. At most half per odd prime power. For an odd prime ppp and α≥1\alpha \ge 1α≥1, at most φ(pα)/2\varphi(p^\alpha)/2φ(pα)/2 units modulo pαp^\alphapα have order with a prescribed 2-adic valuation.
  5. All agree rarely. The units for which ν2(r1)=⋯=ν2(rk)\nu_2(r_1) = \cdots = \nu_2(r_k)ν2​(r1​)=⋯=ν2​(rk​) number at most φ(n)/2k−1\varphi(n)/2^{k-1}φ(n)/2k−1.

Significance

The result. The bound turns an order-finding oracle into a factoring algorithm: when nnn is odd and not a prime power, each trial succeeds with probability at least 1/21/21/2, so ttt independent trials all fail with probability at most 2−t2^{-t}2−t. Even numbers and prime powers are split classically, as the paper notes, so the bound completes the reduction from factoring to order finding. The same criterion — a square root of 111 other than ±1\pm 1±1 splits nnn — underlies the Miller–Rabin test and several classical factoring methods.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical and proved; the paper gives a sketch of one paragraph. This mission writes out the sketch as machine-checked statements over Mathlib's ZMod, including the probabilistic step, which in the paper is an informal appeal to the Chinese remainder theorem and "50% probability of agreeing with the previous ones". Mathlib already has the needed ingredients (cyclicity of (Z/pα)×(\mathbb{Z}/p^\alpha)^\times(Z/pα)× for odd ppp, ZMod.chineseRemainder, ZMod.card_units_eq_totient), but not the reduction or its probability bound.

Difficulty

The success criterion (milestone 1) is elementary. The substance is the counting. The obvious route — treating the ν2(ri)\nu_2(r_i)ν2​(ri​) as independent and each "equal to the previous one with probability 1/21/21/2" — needs both a precise product decomposition of the unit group modulo nnn into the unit groups modulo piαip_i^{\alpha_i}piαi​​, compatible with the local orders, and the count in a cyclic group of even order of the elements whose order has a given 2-adic valuation. The informal phrase "at most a 50% probability of agreeing with the previous ones" hides a conditioning argument over k−1k - 1k−1 coordinates that has to be done by an explicit cardinality bound. A second pitfall is milestone 3: its converse direction and its forward direction use oddness of nnn in different places, and modulo a power of 222 the argument breaks because −1≡1(mod2)-1 \equiv 1 \pmod 2−1≡1(mod2).

Formalization scope

  • Sample space. Uniform on (ZMod n)ˣ; probabilities are stated in cleared-denominator form, (1−2−(k−1)) φ(n)≤#{successes}(1 - 2^{-(k-1)})\,\varphi(n) \le \#\{\text{successes}\}(1−2−(k−1))φ(n)≤#{successes} in R\mathbb{R}R, with the count as Nat.card of a subtype. Non-units have no multiplicative order and are not sampled.
  • The gcd. xr/2x^{r/2}xr/2 is represented by its least nonnegative residue .val, which is at least 111 for a unit when n>1n > 1n>1, so the natural-number subtraction in val - 1 never truncates. r/2r/2r/2 is natural-number division, used only under Even r.
  • kkk. n.primeFactors.card, at least 111 for n>1n > 1n>1, so k - 1 does not truncate. Since nnn is odd this equals the page's "number of distinct odd prime factors".
  • Local orders. The order of the image of xxx in ZMod (p ^ n.factorization p) under the reduction homomorphism.
  • Hypotheses. The goal assumes exactly nnn odd and n>1n > 1n>1. It does not assume "not a prime power": that clause in the paper describes when the bound is useful. Milestones 1 and 2 do not assume nnn odd, because they do not need it; milestones 3 and 5 do.
  • No trivialization. Counting over all of ZMod n instead of the units would put non-units (with junk order 000) into the denominator; the goal counts over (ZMod n)ˣ and divides by φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n). The goal's constant is the paper's 1−1/2k−11 - 1/2^{k-1}1−1/2k−1, which is attained, so it cannot be weakened into a triviality without changing the theorem.
  • Welcome contributions. A reusable counting lemma for elements of prescribed 2-adic order in a finite cyclic group; the transfer of ZMod.chineseRemainder to unit groups and to local orders; and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • P. W. Shor, Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1484–1509, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795293172 (preprint arXiv:quant-ph/9508027, https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9508027)
  • G. L. Miller, Riemann's hypothesis and tests for primality, J. Comput. System Sci. 13(3):300–317, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(76)80043-8
  • D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 2: Seminumerical Algorithms, 2nd ed., Addison-Wesley, 1981.
  • G. H. Hardy and E. M. Wright, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, 5th ed., Oxford University Press, 1979 (Theorem 121, Chinese remainder theorem).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer 1: Under Production Diseconomy the Retailer Earns More from Sequential Information Contracting and the Manufacturers from ConcurrentResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers hold point-of-sale data that their suppliers cannot observe, and large retailers sell access to it through data-sharing programs (Costco's CRX, Walmart's Retail Link and similar programs). When one retailer carries the substitutable products of two competing manufacturers, sharing its demand information is a strategic decision: a manufacturer who knows the demand signal sets his wholesale price in response to it, which changes the retailer's margin and the rival manufacturer's order uncertainty. Whether the retailer should sell the information, to how many manufacturers, and by which protocol, is the question of Shang, Ha and Tong (Management Science 62(1):245–263, 2016).

The paper belongs to the information-sharing literature of Li (2002), Li and Zhang (2008) and Ha, Tong and Zhang (2011), which studies competing supply chains or a single chain. The common-retailer structure differs: the retailer can price-discriminate between the manufacturers through the order in which she offers the information.

Setting

Two manufacturers i∈{1,2}i \in \{1, 2\}i∈{1,2} sell substitutable products through one retailer. The demand for product iii is

qi=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi+ϕpj,q_i = a + \theta - (1+\phi)p_i + \phi p_j,qi​=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi​+ϕpj​,

where pip_ipi​ is the retail price, ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0 measures competition, and θ\thetaθ is a random shock with mean 000 and variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0. The retailer observes a demand signal YYY that is unbiased, E[Y∣θ]=θE[Y \mid \theta] = \thetaE[Y∣θ]=θ, and has linear expectation: E[θ∣Y]=βYE[\theta \mid Y] = \beta YE[θ∣Y]=βY for a weight β\betaβ (in the paper β=tσ2/(1+tσ2)\beta = t\sigma^2/(1+t\sigma^2)β=tσ2/(1+tσ2), with ttt the signal accuracy). The retailing cost is zero, and manufacturer iii produces qqq units at cost bq+cdq2bq + c_d q^2bq+cd​q2 with b,cd>0b, c_d > 0b,cd​>0: a production diseconomy.

The game has four stages.

  1. The retailer and the manufacturers contract on information sharing, which fixes each manufacturer's status Xi∈{I,U}X_i \in \{I, U\}Xi​∈{I,U} (informed or uninformed).
  2. The retailer observes YYY and discloses it truthfully to the informed manufacturers.
  3. The manufacturers set wholesale prices wiw_iwi​ simultaneously, an informed one as a function of YYY. The retailer then sets retail prices.
  4. Demand realizes and payoffs are received.

The pricing stage is a Bayesian game. Its equilibrium ex ante profits are πM(n)\pi_M(n)πM​(n), πMI(1)\pi_M^I(1)πMI​(1), πMU(1)\pi_M^U(1)πMU​(1) for the manufacturers and πR(n)\pi_R(n)πR​(n) for the retailer, where nnn is the number of informed manufacturers. They define a payoff table for the contracting stage.

Two contracting protocols are compared.

  • Concurrent contracting: the retailer offers both manufacturers the same payment TTT, and they accept or reject simultaneously; a Pareto-optimal pure equilibrium is the outcome, and the retailer chooses TTT.
  • Sequential contracting: the retailer offers one manufacturer TfT_fTf​, he accepts or rejects, then the retailer offers the other TsT_sTs​, and he decides having observed the first decision. The retailer cannot commit to Ts=TfT_s = T_fTs​=Tf​, and the solution is subgame perfect equilibrium.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4(d)

For every ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0, cd>0c_d > 0cd​>0 and every signal model, the pricing stage has an equilibrium; for every pricing equilibrium, both contracting games have equilibria; and for every concurrent outcome and every sequential subgame-perfect equilibrium (either first mover),

ΠRC≤ΠRS,ΠMS≤ΠMC,\Pi_R^{C} \le \Pi_R^{S}, \qquad \Pi_M^{S} \le \Pi_M^{C},ΠRC​≤ΠRS​,ΠMS​≤ΠMC​,

with both inequalities strict when cd>(2−1)/(1+ϕ)c_d > (\sqrt2 - 1)/(1+\phi)cd​>(2​−1)/(1+ϕ). Here ΠR\Pi_RΠR​ is the retailer's profit after side payments and ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ the manufacturers' total profit net of them. The paper's word "higher" is read as ≥\ge≥ because for small cdc_dcd​ neither protocol sells information and all profits coincide.

Milestones

  1. §4.1, Eq. (1): the retailer's best response p^i=12(a+βY+wi)\hat p_i = \frac12(a + \beta Y + w_i)p^​i​=21​(a+βY+wi​) and the resulting demand.
  2. Lemma 1: the pricing equilibrium exists, is unique, and is linear in YYY.
  3. §4.2: the closed forms of the seven ex ante profits.
  4. Lemma 3: πM(2)>πMI(1)>πM(0)>πMU(1)\pi_M(2) > \pi_M^I(1) > \pi_M(0) > \pi_M^U(1)πM​(2)>πMI​(1)>πM​(0)>πMU​(1), πR(0)>πR(1)>πR(2)\pi_R(0) > \pi_R(1) > \pi_R(2)πR​(0)>πR​(1)>πR​(2), πR(1)−πR(2)>πR(0)−πR(1)\pi_R(1) - \pi_R(2) > \pi_R(0) - \pi_R(1)πR​(1)−πR​(2)>πR​(0)−πR​(1).
  5. Proposition 1(b): without contracting, no information is shared.
  6. Propositions 2 and 3: thresholds cdCc_d^CcdC​ and cdS1,cdS2c_d^{S1}, c_d^{S2}cdS1​,cdS2​, depending only on ϕ\phiϕ, at which the number of informed manufacturers changes under each protocol.
  7. Proposition 4(a): cdS1<cdC<cdS2c_d^{S1} < c_d^C < c_d^{S2}cdS1​<cdC​<cdS2​.

Significance

The result. Proposition 4(d) says that the order of the offers transfers surplus: selling information one manufacturer at a time lets the retailer exploit the manufacturers' fear of being the only uninformed firm, which raises her profit and lowers theirs. Propositions 2 and 3 show that concurrent contracting shares with both manufacturers or with neither, while sequential contracting can end with only one informed manufacturer. Together they give a complete map of the equilibrium sharing decisions in (cd,ϕ)(c_d, \phi)(cd​,ϕ) (Figure 1 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, partly by "it can be shown" and "straightforward" steps: Lemma 3's proof is omitted, and so is the convexity of the function whose root is cdS2c_d^{S2}cdS2​. No part of the paper has a machine-checked proof. A complete formalization would check every such step and make the equilibrium notions precise, in particular the Pareto selection and the tie-breaking at the thresholds, where the retailer is exactly indifferent.

Difficulty

Most of the work is in the contracting stage, not the algebra. The pricing stage must be solved over all square-integrable strategies measurable in the signal. Uniqueness is then almost sure and rests on the linear-expectation identities E[θY]=σ2E[\theta Y] = \sigma^2E[θY]=σ2 and E[Y2]=σ2/βE[Y^2] = \sigma^2/\betaE[Y2]=σ2/β. The concurrent game has multiple equilibria for intermediate payments, and the retailer's optimum lies at a payment where two equilibria coexist. The sequential game is a three-stage game with a continuum of offers: at each threshold the retailer is indifferent, and an SPE exists only if acceptance at indifference is chosen correctly. The threshold cdS2c_d^{S2}cdS2​ has no closed form; it is the root of a convex rational function of cdc_dcd​.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace InfoSharing.Diseconomy. Conventions:

  • The probability space carries θ\thetaθ and YYY in L2L^2L2, with the two conditional-expectation identities holding almost everywhere. β\betaβ is a parameter fixed by E[θ∣Y]=βYE[\theta \mid Y] = \beta YE[θ∣Y]=βY; Ericson's formula for β\betaβ is not formalized.
  • Wholesale strategies are measurable, square-integrable functions of the signal value, and constants for an uninformed manufacturer. A pricing equilibrium is ex ante optimality over such strategies, which is equivalent to the paper's conditional optimization. The retailer's rule must be a best response at every wholesale-price pair.
  • The payoff table is produced by an arbitrary pricing-equilibrium family, not by the §4.2 closed forms. A formalization that takes the closed forms as the definition of the profits would reduce the goal to algebra and a 2×22 \times 22×2 game, and is ruled out.
  • Payments are nonnegative, only pure strategies are used in the contracting games, and the concurrent outcome selects, among Pareto-optimal equilibria, the one best for the retailer.
  • Threshold statements use two clauses: the printed value is attained on the closed region, and it is the only value on the region's interior. The thresholds depend only on ϕ\phiϕ.
  • Demands may be negative (θ is unbounded), as in the paper's formulas.

A complete development needs:

  • the conditional-expectation algebra behind Lemma 1 and §4.2;
  • rational-function inequalities for Lemma 3;
  • a case analysis of the two contracting games.

The model layer is shared with the companion mission on production economy.

Selected references

  • G. Shang, A. Y. Ha, S. Tong, Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer, Management Science 62(1):245–263, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.2127
  • W. A. Ericson, A note on the posterior mean of a population mean, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 31(2):332–334, 1969.
  • L. Li, Information sharing in a supply chain with horizontal competition, Management Science 48(9):1196–1212, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.48.9.1196.177
  • L. Li, H. Zhang, Confidentiality and information sharing in supply chain coordination, Management Science 54(8):1467–1481, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1070.0851
  • A. Y. Ha, S. Tong, H. Zhang, Sharing imperfect demand information in competing supply chains with production diseconomies, Management Science 57(3):566–581, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1100.1295
  • X. Vives, Oligopoly Pricing: Old Ideas and New Tools, MIT Press, 1999.
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems II: Optimal Competitiveness for the Spin-Block ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

A process on a shared-memory multiprocessor that finds a lock held must decide what to do while it waits. It can spin, repeatedly testing the lock and occupying its processor, or it can block, giving the processor to another process and paying a fixed context-switch cost CCC to be descheduled and later restored. Spinning is cheap when the lock is released soon; blocking is cheap when the wait is long. The waiting time is not known in advance, so the choice has to be made on-line. This is the spin-block problem, studied by Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki in Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems (Algorithmica 11, 1994, doi:10.1007/BF01189993), §4. Mathematically it is the continuous form of the ski-rental problem, and the same rent-or-buy structure recurs in power-down policies and in TCP acknowledgement (Karlin, Kenyon, Randall, STOC 2001).

Timeline:

  • Karlin, Manasse, Rudolph and Sleator (1988, doi:10.1007/BF01762111) introduced competitive analysis of snoopy caching and showed that 222 is the optimal deterministic factor there. The spin-block analogue is recorded in the 1994 paper (pp. 558–559): spinning for time CCC and then blocking is 222-competitive, and no deterministic algorithm does better.
  • Karlin, Manasse, McGeoch and Owicki (SODA 1990; Algorithmica 1994) found the optimal randomized factors for snoopy caching and spin-block. For spin-block, Theorem 10 (p. 559) gives e/(e−1)≈1.582e/(e-1)\approx1.582e/(e−1)≈1.582 against an oblivious adversary. Theorem 9 (p. 559) shows that against an adaptive on-line adversary randomization does not help: the factor stays 222.

Setting

Fix a context-switch cost C>0C>0C>0. A lock wait is described by its release time τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0. An algorithm handling the wait chooses a blocking time b∈[0,∞]b\in[0,\infty]b∈[0,∞]: it spins until time bbb and then blocks (b=∞b=\inftyb=∞: never block). The cost of the wait is

waitCostC(b,τ)={τ,τ≤b,b+C,b<τ,\mathrm{waitCost}_C(b,\tau)=\begin{cases}\tau,&\tau\le b,\\ b+C,&b<\tau,\end{cases}waitCostC​(b,τ)={τ,b+C,​τ≤b,b<τ,​

so a lock released exactly at the blocking time costs τ\tauτ. The optimal off-line algorithm, which knows τ\tauτ, pays min⁡(τ,C)\min(\tau,C)min(τ,C).

An input is a finite sequence σ=(τ0,…,τn−1)\sigma=(\tau_0,\dots,\tau_{n-1})σ=(τ0​,…,τn−1​) of lock waits. A deterministic on-line algorithm chooses the blocking time of wait jjj as a function of τ0,…,τj−1\tau_0,\dots,\tau_{j-1}τ0​,…,τj−1​, the release times it has already observed. Its cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ) is the sum of the wait costs, and the off-line cost is Copt(σ)=∑jmin⁡(τj,C)C_{opt}(\sigma)=\sum_j\min(\tau_j,C)Copt​(σ)=∑j​min(τj​,C).

A randomized on-line algorithm is a probability distribution over deterministic on-line algorithms: a probability space (I,μ)(I,\mu)(I,μ) and a deterministic algorithm AiA_iAi​ for each i∈Ii\in Ii∈I, with i↦CAi(σ)i\mapsto C_{A_i}(\sigma)i↦CAi​​(σ) measurable for every σ\sigmaσ. Its expected cost is ECA(σ)=∫CAi(σ) dμ(i)\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)=\int C_{A_i}(\sigma)\,d\mu(i)ECA​(σ)=∫CAi​​(σ)dμ(i). Following §1 of the paper, AAA is ccc-competitive against an oblivious adversary if there is a constant aaa with

ECA(σ)≤c⋅Copt(σ)+afor every input σ.\mathbf{E}C_A(\sigma)\le c\cdot C_{opt}(\sigma)+a\qquad\text{for every input }\sigma .ECA​(σ)≤c⋅Copt​(σ)+afor every input σ.

The adversary is oblivious: it fixes σ\sigmaσ before the algorithm's random choices are made.

The paper's algorithm blocks at a random time with cumulative distribution

π(t)={et/C−1e−1,0≤t≤C,1,t>C,\pi(t)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{e^{t/C}-1}{e-1},&0\le t\le C,\\[1ex] 1,&t>C,\end{cases}π(t)=⎩⎨⎧​e−1et/C−1​,1,​0≤t≤C,t>C,​

where π(t)\pi(t)π(t) is the probability of blocking before time ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10 (p. 559)

For every C>0C>0C>0:

(∀A ∀c, A is c-competitive ⇒ c≥ee−1)and∃A, A is ee−1-competitive.\Big(\forall A\ \forall c,\ A\ \text{is } c\text{-competitive}\ \Rightarrow\ c\ge\tfrac{e}{e-1}\Big)\quad\text{and}\quad\exists A,\ A\ \text{is } \tfrac{e}{e-1}\text{-competitive}.(∀A ∀c, A is c-competitive ⇒ c≥e−1e​)and∃A, A is e−1e​-competitive.

Milestones

  1. Expected cost of one wait (§4.1, p. 560). For a blocking time with law ν\nuν and release time τ\tauτ,
E waitCostC(b,τ)=π(τ) C+∫0τ(1−π(t)) dt,π(t)=ν{b<t}.\mathbf{E}\,\mathrm{waitCost}_C(b,\tau)=\pi(\tau)\,C+\int_0^\tau(1-\pi(t))\,dt,\qquad \pi(t)=\nu\{b<t\}.EwaitCostC​(b,τ)=π(τ)C+∫0τ​(1−π(t))dt,π(t)=ν{b<t}.
  1. The ratio of the paper's distribution (§4.1, p. 560). With the π\piπ above, for all τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0,
π(τ) C+∫0τ(1−π(t)) dt≤ee−1min⁡(τ,C).\pi(\tau)\,C+\int_0^\tau(1-\pi(t))\,dt\le\tfrac{e}{e-1}\min(\tau,C).π(τ)C+∫0τ​(1−π(t))dt≤e−1e​min(τ,C).
  1. Theorem 10, first claim: the lower bound c≥e/(e−1)c\ge e/(e-1)c≥e/(e−1) for every ccc-competitive randomized algorithm.
  2. Theorem 10, second claim: existence of an e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1)-competitive randomized algorithm.

Significance

Theorem 10 settles the randomized competitive ratio of the continuous ski-rental problem: e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) is achievable and cannot be improved by any on-line algorithm, randomized or not, against an oblivious adversary. The same constant is the limit of the paper's snoopy-caching ratios ep/(ep−1)e_p/(e_p-1)ep​/(ep​−1) as the block size grows, and it recurs in randomized rent-or-buy problems and in on-line primal-dual analyses.

The result is proved in the literature, and the mission's work is to formalize it. The platform has related material but not this statement: Primal-Dual Online Algorithms I: Fractional Ski Rental proves a deterministic, fractional, discrete-day bound (PrimalDualOnline.SkiRental.fractional_competitive), which is a different model and contains no lower bound. A complete formalization produces a reusable model of randomized on-line algorithms with history-dependent decisions and an exact lower bound for them.

Difficulty

The upper bound per lock wait is an explicit computation. The difficulty lies elsewhere. First, the on-line algorithm is allowed to adapt to the release times of all previous waits, so a bound for a single wait does not by itself bound a sequence: the randomized algorithm must be assembled so that each wait is handled with the right blocking law, whatever happened before. Second, the lower bound is a statement about every randomized algorithm and must survive the additive constant aaa: a single hard lock wait proves nothing, because aaa absorbs any bounded loss. It has to be shown that on long sequences of waits every algorithm loses a factor e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) on average. The natural first idea, to exhibit one bad release time for each algorithm, fails for randomized algorithms facing an oblivious adversary.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace NonuniformCompetitive.SpinBlock. Release times are ℝ≥0, blocking times ℝ≥0∞, wait costs ℝ≥0∞, and the off-line cost is real. Committed conventions:

  • C>0C>0C>0 is a hypothesis of every theorem (the paper's "some large cost CCC"); at C=0C=0C=0 blocking at once is free and the lower bound fails.
  • A tie b=τb=\taub=τ costs τ\tauτ; this matches "π(t)\pi(t)π(t) is the probability that the algorithm blocks sometime before time ttt".
  • Inputs are finite sequences of lock waits and competitiveness carries the additive constant aaa of §1 (p. 543). A formalization with a single wait and no additive constant would be a different, easier lower bound and is ruled out.
  • The on-line algorithm sees the release times of earlier waits (the information used by the paper's adaptive algorithms, p. 561). This enlarges the class of algorithms: it strengthens the lower bound and does not affect the upper bound.
  • A randomized algorithm is a mixed strategy whose cost on each fixed input is measurable in the random outcome; the expected cost is a lower Lebesgue integral. Without measurability the lower integral would not be the expectation and the upper bound would become easier than the paper's.
  • Milestone 1 is stated for every blocking law, not only for the paper's π\piπ. Milestone 2 keeps the paper's inequality, although equality holds.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: Lebesgue integrals of functions of a random variable (the layer-cake formula), interval integrals of the exponential, the construction of a probability measure on [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with a prescribed continuous distribution function, and a Yao-type averaging argument over finitely supported input distributions for the lower bound. The model of randomized on-line algorithms with history-dependent decisions is reusable for other rent-or-buy problems. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and intermediate lemmas such as the discretised lower bound for a fixed step C/pC/pC/p.

Selected references

  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, S. Owicki, Competitive Randomized Algorithms for Nonuniform Problems, Algorithmica 11 (1994), 542–571. doi:10.1007/BF01189993
  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. Rudolph, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Snoopy Caching, Algorithmica 3 (1988), 79–119. doi:10.1007/BF01762111
  • A. Borodin, R. El-Yaniv, Online Computation and Competitive Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
  • A. R. Karlin, C. Kenyon, D. Randall, Dynamic TCP Acknowledgement and Other Stories about e/(e−1), STOC 2001, 502–509. doi:10.1145/380752.380845
  • N. Buchbinder, J. Naor, The Design of Competitive Online Algorithms via a Primal–Dual Approach, Foundations and Trends in Theoretical Computer Science 3 (2009). doi:10.1561/0400000024
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning I: Conservative Policy Iteration Improves Monotonically and Returns a Near-Greedy PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

Approximate policy iteration and policy gradient methods are the two classical families of reinforcement learning algorithms that work with approximate, sampled information instead of an exact model. Kakade and Langford (ICML 2002) observed that neither family answers three basic questions: is there a performance measure that is guaranteed to improve at every step, how hard is it to verify that an update improves it, and what performance is reached after a reasonable number of updates. Greedy approximate policy iteration can make the policy worse when the value estimates are slightly wrong at a few states, and policy gradient methods can stall on plateaus where estimating the gradient needs an enormous number of samples.

Their answer is conservative policy iteration: instead of jumping to a greedy policy, move only a controlled fraction of the way toward it, with a step size chosen from an estimate of how much the greedy policy helps. The paper proves that this update improves a restart-distribution performance measure monotonically, terminates after a number of iterations that depends only on the reward range and the target accuracy, and stops at a policy that the greedy oracle can no longer improve by much. The idea is the direct ancestor of trust-region and proximal policy optimization methods (TRPO, Schulman et al. 2015; PPO, Schulman et al. 2017), whose improvement bounds are refinements of the paper's Theorem 4.1.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has a finite nonempty set of states SSS, a finite nonempty set of actions AAA, transition probabilities P(s′;s,a)P(s';s,a)P(s′;s,a) (for each state sss and action aaa, a probability distribution over next states s′s's′), a reward function R:S×A→[0,R]\mathcal R : S\times A\to[0,R]R:S×A→[0,R] with R>0R>0R>0, and a discount factor 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. A stochastic policy π(a;s)\pi(a;s)π(a;s) gives, for each state sss, a probability distribution over actions.

The normalized value of π\piπ from sss is Vπ(s)=(1−γ)E[∑t≥0γtR(st,at)∣π,s]V_\pi(s) = (1-\gamma)E[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\mathcal R(s_t,a_t)\mid\pi,s]Vπ​(s)=(1−γ)E[∑t≥0​γtR(st​,at​)∣π,s], where s0=ss_0=ss0​=s, at∼π(⋅ ;st)a_t\sim\pi(\cdot\,;s_t)at​∼π(⋅;st​), st+1∼P(⋅ ;st,at)s_{t+1}\sim P(\cdot\,;s_t,a_t)st+1​∼P(⋅;st​,at​); it lies in [0,R][0,R][0,R]. The state-action value is Qπ(s,a)=(1−γ)R(s,a)+γEs′∼P(s′;s,a)[Vπ(s′)]Q_\pi(s,a) = (1-\gamma)\mathcal R(s,a)+\gamma E_{s'\sim P(s';s,a)}[V_\pi(s')]Qπ​(s,a)=(1−γ)R(s,a)+γEs′∼P(s′;s,a)​[Vπ​(s′)] and the advantage is Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s)∈[−R,R]A_\pi(s,a) = Q_\pi(s,a)-V_\pi(s)\in[-R,R]Aπ​(s,a)=Qπ​(s,a)−Vπ​(s)∈[−R,R].

For a state distribution μ\muμ (a restart distribution), the discounted future state distribution is dπ,μ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPr⁡(st=s;π,μ)d_{\pi,\mu}(s) = (1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\Pr(s_t=s;\pi,\mu)dπ,μ​(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPr(st​=s;π,μ) (eq. (2.1)), and the performance measure is ημ(π)=Es∼μ[Vπ(s)]\eta_\mu(\pi) = E_{s\sim\mu}[V_\pi(s)]ημ​(π)=Es∼μ​[Vπ​(s)].

The policy advantage of a policy π′\pi'π′ with respect to π\piπ and μ\muμ is

Aπ,μ(π′)=Es∼dπ,μ[Ea∼π′(a;s)[Aπ(s,a)]],\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}(\pi') = E_{s\sim d_{\pi,\mu}}\big[E_{a\sim\pi'(a;s)}[A_\pi(s,a)]\big],Aπ,μ​(π′)=Es∼dπ,μ​​[Ea∼π′(a;s)​[Aπ​(s,a)]],

and OPT(Aπ,μ)=max⁡π′Aπ,μ(π′)\mathrm{OPT}(\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}) = \max_{\pi'}\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}(\pi')OPT(Aπ,μ​)=maxπ′​Aπ,μ​(π′). The conservative update (4.1) is πnew=(1−α)π+απ′\pi_{new} = (1-\alpha)\pi+\alpha\pi'πnew​=(1−α)π+απ′ with α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]. An ε\varepsilonε-greedy policy chooser GεG_\varepsilonGε​ (Definition 4.3) returns, for every policy π\piπ, a policy π′\pi'π′ with Aπ,μ(π′)≥OPT(Aπ,μ)−ε\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}(\pi')\ge\mathrm{OPT}(\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu})-\varepsilonAπ,μ​(π′)≥OPT(Aπ,μ​)−ε.

Conservative policy iteration (§5) starts from any policy and repeats: call Gε(π,μ)G_\varepsilon(\pi,\mu)Gε​(π,μ) to get π′\pi'π′; form an ε3\frac\varepsilon33ε​-accurate estimate A^\hat{\mathbb A}A^ of Aπ,μ(π′)\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}(\pi')Aπ,μ​(π′) from μ\muμ-restarts; if A^<2ε3\hat{\mathbb A}<\frac{2\varepsilon}3A^<32ε​, stop and return π\piπ; otherwise apply (4.1) with α=(1−γ)(A^−ε/3)4R\alpha = \frac{(1-\gamma)(\hat{\mathbb A}-\varepsilon/3)}{4R}α=4R(1−γ)(A^−ε/3)​ and repeat.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4 (p. 5)

With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, conservative policy iteration (i) strictly improves ημ\eta_\muημ​ with every policy update, (ii) stops after at most 72R2/ε272R^2/\varepsilon^272R2/ε2 policy updates, and (iii) returns a policy π\piπ with

OPT(Aπ,μ)<2ε.\mathrm{OPT}(\mathbb A_{\pi,\mu}) < 2\varepsilon.OPT(Aπ,μ​)<2ε.

The estimation step is represented by its guarantee: each reached loop's estimate fails to be ε3\frac\varepsilon33ε​-accurate with probability at most δ/(N+1)\delta/(N+1)δ/(N+1), N=⌊72R2/ε2⌋N=\lfloor72R^2/\varepsilon^2\rfloorN=⌊72R2/ε2⌋.

Milestones

Lemma 6.1 (p. 6), the performance difference identity:

ημ(π~)−ημ(π)=11−γE(a,s)∼π~dπ~,μ[Aπ(s,a)].\eta_\mu(\tilde\pi)-\eta_\mu(\pi) = \frac1{1-\gamma}E_{(a,s)\sim\tilde\pi d_{\tilde\pi,\mu}}[A_\pi(s,a)].ημ​(π~)−ημ​(π)=1−γ1​E(a,s)∼π~dπ~,μ​​[Aπ​(s,a)].

Theorem 4.1 (p. 4), with ε=max⁡s∣Ea∼π′(a;s)[Aπ(s,a)]∣\varepsilon=\max_s|E_{a\sim\pi'(a;s)}[A_\pi(s,a)]|ε=maxs​∣Ea∼π′(a;s)​[Aπ​(s,a)]∣ and all α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]:

ημ(πnew)−ημ(π)≥α1−γ(A−2αγε1−γ(1−α)).\eta_\mu(\pi_{new})-\eta_\mu(\pi)\ge\frac{\alpha}{1-\gamma}\Big(\mathbb A-\frac{2\alpha\gamma\varepsilon}{1-\gamma(1-\alpha)}\Big).ημ​(πnew​)−ημ​(π)≥1−γα​(A−1−γ(1−α)2αγε​).

Corollary 4.2 (p. 5): if A≥0\mathbb A\ge0A≥0, the step size α=(1−γ)A4R\alpha=\frac{(1-\gamma)\mathbb A}{4R}α=4R(1−γ)A​ gives

ημ(πnew)−ημ(π)≥A28R.\eta_\mu(\pi_{new})-\eta_\mu(\pi)\ge\frac{\mathbb A^2}{8R}.ημ​(πnew​)−ημ​(π)≥8RA2​.

Significance

Theorem 4.4 is the first guarantee of its kind for approximate reinforcement learning: the number of iterations is bounded by 72R2/ε272R^2/\varepsilon^272R2/ε2, independent of the number of states and of the restart distribution, and every iteration provably helps. Lemma 6.1 is the standard performance difference lemma, used throughout the analysis of policy optimization, including natural policy gradient and trust-region methods; Theorem 4.1 is the prototype of the "surrogate objective minus a penalty" bound that TRPO refines.

These results are proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none is formalized: the platform's finite-horizon performance difference lemma (Foster and Rakhlin's Lemma 13) is a different statement, for episodic problems with non-stationary policies. This mission produces machine-checked versions of the discounted performance difference identity, the conservative improvement bound with its exact constants, and the high-probability termination and quality guarantee of the algorithm, all on top of an explicit infinite-horizon model rather than an assumed Bellman equation.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the improvement bound expands ημ(πnew)\eta_\mu(\pi_{new})ημ​(πnew​) to first order in α\alphaα; that only gives α1−γA+O(α2)\frac{\alpha}{1-\gamma}\mathbb A+O(\alpha^2)1−γα​A+O(α2) with an unspecified constant, which cannot fix a step size. The exact bound needs control of how far the state distribution of the mixed policy drifts from that of the old policy, uniformly in time, and the performance difference identity is only useful once the states are weighted by the new policy's distribution. On the formal side, VπV_\piVπ​ and dπ,μd_{\pi,\mu}dπ,μ​ are infinite discounted series, so summability, exchanges of sums and the identities ∑sdπ,μ(s)=1\sum_s d_{\pi,\mu}(s)=1∑s​dπ,μ​(s)=1 and ∑aπ(a;s)Aπ(s,a)=0\sum_a\pi(a;s)A_\pi(s,a)=0∑a​π(a;s)Aπ​(s,a)=0 must all be established from the definitions. For Theorem 4.4, the algorithm is a random process whose policies depend on all earlier estimates; the argument has to be made pathwise on the event that every reached loop is accurate, together with a union bound over the loops that can be reached.

Formalization scope

Policies are functions π : S → A → ℝ with π s a the paper's π(a;s)\pi(a;s)π(a;s), and P s a s' is P(s′;s,a)P(s';s,a)P(s′;s,a); both are constrained by the published predicates IsPolicy and IsTransitionKernel. VπV_\piVπ​ is (1−γ)(1-\gamma)(1−γ) times the published series PolicyValue, so values are normalized as in the paper. OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is a real supremum over all stochastic policies; the set is nonempty and bounded, and the maximum is attained. Every theorem carries the standing assumptions of §2: finite nonempty SSS and AAA, a transition kernel, rewards in [0,R][0,R][0,R] with R>0R>0R>0, 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1, and a state distribution μ\muμ. In Corollary 4.2, RRR is any upper bound on the rewards rather than necessarily the attained maximum.

In Theorem 4.4 the run is formalized pathwise, driven by arbitrary real random estimates on a probability space; the conclusion bounds the probability of the failure event by δ\deltaδ. Two deviations from the printed statement are disclosed. First, (ii) is stated for policy updates: the proof bounds updates, and the algorithm calls GεG_\varepsilonGε​ once more than it updates, so "at most 72R2/ε272R^2/\varepsilon^272R2/ε2 calls" is off by one. Second, the per-loop failure budget is δ/(N+1)\delta/(N+1)δ/(N+1), which covers the N+1N+1N+1 loops that may be reached. The Hoeffding estimate (5.1) is not formalized: as printed it concerns the ε6\frac\varepsilon66ε​-biased target, and its role is taken by the accuracy hypothesis. The step size is clipped at 111, which never binds when the estimate is accurate. No trivializing reading is available: the accuracy hypothesis is satisfied by a perfect estimator and a 000-greedy chooser exists, so the theorem is not vacuous, and strict improvement at every update is required, not merely nonnegative change.

Pages are PDF pages; the paper has no printed page numbers.

A complete development needs summability and algebra of discounted occupation measures, the performance difference identity, and a union bound over the loops of a random process; the first two are reusable for any discounted policy-optimization result. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Kakade and J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, Proceedings of the 19th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • J. Schulman, S. Levine, P. Moritz, M. Jordan, P. Abbeel, Trust Region Policy Optimization, ICML 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.05477
  • J. Schulman, F. Wolski, P. Dhariwal, A. Radford, O. Klimov, Proximal Policy Optimization Algorithms, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1707.06347
  • D. J. Foster and A. Rakhlin, Foundations of Reinforcement Learning and Interactive Decision Making, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2312.16730
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Single Machine Scheduling with Release Dates III: The Random Per-Job α-Schedule with a Truncated Exponential DensityResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling jobs with release dates on one machine to minimize the total weighted completion time, written 1∣rj∣∑wjCj1|r_j|\sum w_jC_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​, is strongly NP-hard even with unit weights (Lenstra, Rinnooy Kan & Brucker, 1977). It is a basic model of scheduling theory and a standard testbed for approximation algorithms built on linear programming relaxations. Several LP relaxations give lower bounds for it (Dyer & Wolsey, 1990; Queyranne, 1993), and the question how far these bounds can be from the optimum is also a question about the quality of branch-and-bound methods that use them.

Timeline, as surveyed in Table 1 of Goemans, Queyranne, Schulz, Skutella & Wang (2002):

  • Phillips, Stein & Wein (Math. Programming, 1998) introduce converting a preemptive schedule into a nonpreemptive one by list scheduling, and the notion of α\alphaα-points; for the weighted problem their bound is 16+ϵ16+\epsilon16+ϵ.
  • Hall, Shmoys & Wein (SODA 1996) obtain 4; Schulz (IPCO 1996) and Hall, Schulz, Shmoys & Wein (Math. Oper. Res., 1997) obtain 3; Chakrabarti et al. obtain 2.8854+ϵ2.8854+\epsilon2.8854+ϵ, and a combination of methods gives 2.4427+ϵ2.4427+\epsilon2.4427+ϵ.
  • Goemans (SODA 1997) orders jobs by α\alphaα-points of the LP schedule: α=1/2\alpha=1/\sqrt2α=1/2​ gives 1+2≈2.41431+\sqrt2\approx2.41431+2​≈2.4143, a uniformly random α\alphaα gives 2.
  • Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan & Stein (SIAM J. Comput., 2001) use random α\alphaα-points of an arbitrary preemptive schedule and obtain e/(e−1)e/(e-1)e/(e−1) for unit weights, relative to the preemptive optimum rather than an LP value.
  • Goemans, Queyranne, Schulz, Skutella & Wang (2002) prove 1.74511.74511.7451 for the best common α\alphaα and 1.68531.68531.6853 for job-dependent random αj\alpha_jαj​, both relative to the LP value ZRZ_RZR​. Afrati et al. (FOCS 1999) later give a polynomial-time approximation scheme, which does not bound the LP relaxations.

This mission formalizes the 1.68531.68531.6853 result, the paper's main theorem.

Setting

There are nnn jobs N={0,…,n−1}N=\{0,\dots,n-1\}N={0,…,n−1}. Job jjj has an integral processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, an integral release date rj≥0r_j\ge0rj​≥0 and a weight wj>0w_j>0wj​>0. The jobs are indexed so that w0/p0≥w1/p1≥⋯≥wn−1/pn−1w_0/p_0\ge w_1/p_1\ge\dots\ge w_{n-1}/p_{n-1}w0​/p0​≥w1​/p1​≥⋯≥wn−1​/pn−1​.

The LP schedule is the preemptive schedule that at every moment processes the available (released, unfinished) job of smallest index. Since the data are integral, it is determined slot by slot: in [τ,τ+1)[\tau,\tau+1)[τ,τ+1) it runs the smallest-index job jjj with rj≤τr_j\le\taurj​≤τ and work left, or idles. Let AjLP⊆RA^{LP}_j\subseteq\mathbb RAjLP​⊆R be the set of times at which it processes jjj. The mean busy time of jjj is

MjLP=1pj∫AjLPt dt.M^{LP}_j=\frac1{p_j}\int_{A^{LP}_j}t\,dt .MjLP​=pj​1​∫AjLP​​tdt.

The mean busy time relaxation (R) has a variable MjM_jMj​ per job:

ZR=min⁡{∑jwj(Mj+12pj) : ∑j∈SpjMj≥p(S)(rmin⁡(S)+12p(S)) for all nonempty S⊆N},Z_R=\min\Bigl\{\sum_j w_j\bigl(M_j+\tfrac12p_j\bigr)\ :\ \sum_{j\in S}p_jM_j\ge p(S)\bigl(r_{\min}(S)+\tfrac12p(S)\bigr)\ \text{for all nonempty }S\subseteq N\Bigr\},ZR​=min{j∑​wj​(Mj​+21​pj​) : j∈S∑​pj​Mj​≥p(S)(rmin​(S)+21​p(S)) for all nonempty S⊆N},

with p(S)=∑j∈Spjp(S)=\sum_{j\in S}p_jp(S)=∑j∈S​pj​ and rmin⁡(S)=min⁡j∈Srjr_{\min}(S)=\min_{j\in S}r_jrmin​(S)=minj∈S​rj​. ZRZ_RZR​ is a lower bound on the optimum of 1∣rj∣∑wjCj1|r_j|\sum w_jC_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​.

For 0<α≤10<\alpha\le10<α≤1 the α\alphaα-point tj(α)t_j(\alpha)tj​(α) is the first time at which jjj has been processed for αpj\alpha p_jαpj​ units in the LP schedule; tj(0+)t_j(0^+)tj​(0+) is the start time of jjj. For a vector α∈(0,1]n\boldsymbol\alpha\in(0,1]^nα∈(0,1]n, the (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-schedule processes the jobs nonpreemptively, as early as possible, in nondecreasing order of tj(αj)t_j(\alpha_j)tj​(αj​); CjαC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_jCjα​ is the completion time of jjj in it.

Let γ≈0.4835\gamma\approx0.4835γ≈0.4835 be the solution in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) of γ+ln⁡(2−γ)=e−γ((2−γ)eγ−1)\gamma+\ln(2-\gamma)=e^{-\gamma}\bigl((2-\gamma)e^{\gamma}-1\bigr)γ+ln(2−γ)=e−γ((2−γ)eγ−1), and set

δ=γ+ln⁡(2−γ)≈0.8999,c=1+e−γδ,g(α)={(c−1)eα0<α≤δ,0otherwise.\delta=\gamma+\ln(2-\gamma)\approx0.8999,\qquad c=1+\frac{e^{-\gamma}}{\delta},\qquad g(\alpha)=\begin{cases}(c-1)e^\alpha&0<\alpha\le\delta,\\0&\text{otherwise.}\end{cases}δ=γ+ln(2−γ)≈0.8999,c=1+δe−γ​,g(α)={(c−1)eα0​0<α≤δ,otherwise.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9 (p. 185)

c<1.6853c<1.6853c<1.6853, and if α1,…,αn\alpha_1,\dots,\alpha_nα1​,…,αn​ each have density ggg and are pairwise independent, then ∑jwjCjα\sum_j w_jC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j∑j​wj​Cjα​ is integrable and

E[∑jwjCjα]≤c⋅ZR.\mathbb E\Bigl[\sum_j w_jC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j\Bigr]\le c\cdot Z_R .E[j∑​wj​Cjα​]≤c⋅ZR​.

The bound is against the constant ccc defined by the formula; the decimal 1.68531.68531.6853 appears only in the separate inequality c<1.6853c<1.6853c<1.6853.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.5 (p. 173): MLPM^{LP}MLP is an optimal solution of (R), so ZR=∑jwj(MjLP+12pj)Z_R=\sum_jw_j(M^{LP}_j+\tfrac12p_j)ZR​=∑j​wj​(MjLP​+21​pj​).
  2. Eq. (3.1) (p. 176): MjLP=∫01tj(α) dαM^{LP}_j=\int_0^1t_j(\alpha)\,d\alphaMjLP​=∫01​tj​(α)dα.
  3. Corollary 3.2 (p. 179): Cjα≤tj(αj)+∑k:αk≤ηk(αj)(1+αk−ηk(αj))pkC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j\le t_j(\alpha_j)+\sum_{k:\alpha_k\le\eta_k(\alpha_j)}(1+\alpha_k-\eta_k(\alpha_j))p_kCjα​≤tj​(αj​)+∑k:αk​≤ηk​(αj​)​(1+αk​−ηk​(αj​))pk​, where ηk(αj)\eta_k(\alpha_j)ηk​(αj​) is the fraction of kkk processed by tj(αj)t_j(\alpha_j)tj​(αj​).
  4. Eq. (3.10) (p. 182): MjLP=tj(0+)+∑k∈N2(1−μk)pk+12pjM^{LP}_j=t_j(0^+)+\sum_{k\in N_2}(1-\mu_k)p_k+\tfrac12p_jMjLP​=tj​(0+)+∑k∈N2​​(1−μk​)pk​+21​pj​, where N2N_2N2​ is the set of jobs processed between the start and completion of jjj and μk\mu_kμk​ is the fraction of jjj processed before kkk starts.
  5. Eq. (3.11) (p. 183): the bound of Corollary 3.2 split over N1=N∖(N2∪{j})N_1=N\setminus(N_2\cup\{j\})N1​=N∖(N2​∪{j}) and N2N_2N2​.
  6. Lemma 3.11 (p. 185): ggg is a probability density on (0,1](0,1](0,1], and (i) ∫0ηg(α)(1+α−η) dα≤(c−1)η\int_0^\eta g(\alpha)(1+\alpha-\eta)\,d\alpha\le(c-1)\eta∫0η​g(α)(1+α−η)dα≤(c−1)η, (ii) (1+Eg[α])∫μ1g(α) dα≤c(1−μ)(1+E_g[\alpha])\int_\mu^1g(\alpha)\,d\alpha\le c(1-\mu)(1+Eg​[α])∫μ1​g(α)dα≤c(1−μ) for η,μ∈[0,1]\eta,\mu\in[0,1]η,μ∈[0,1].

Significance

Theorem 3.9 gives a randomized algorithm for 1∣rj∣∑wjCj1|r_j|\sum w_jC_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​ whose expected cost is at most 1.68531.68531.6853 times the optimum, and a variant of it runs on-line (Theorem 3.14). Since ZRZ_RZR​ is a lower bound, it also shows that the relaxation (R), and the preemptive time-indexed relaxation (D), which has the same value, is within a factor 1.68531.68531.6853 of the optimum (Corollary 3.10). The paper's Section 3.6 shows the gap of these relaxations can approach e/(e−1)≈1.5819e/(e-1)\approx1.5819e/(e−1)≈1.5819, so the bound is not far from what this relaxation can give.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof exists, and no part of this theory (LP schedule, α\alphaα-points, list scheduling from a preemptive schedule) is on the platform. The mission produces, besides the goal, a reusable formal account of α\alphaα-point scheduling: the LP schedule as a concrete object, the identity between mean busy times and average α\alphaα-points, and the deterministic completion-time bound of Corollary 3.2, which underlies many later α\alphaα-point analyses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, bounding CjαC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_jCjα​ by Corollary 3.2 and integrating each αk\alpha_kαk​ independently against ggg, does not work directly: the set of jobs kkk with αk≤ηk(αj)\alpha_k\le\eta_k(\alpha_j)αk​≤ηk​(αj​) depends on αj\alpha_jαj​, and the two effects of the random αk\alpha_kαk​ pull in opposite directions (a small αk\alpha_kαk​ shrinks the terms 1+αk−ηk1+\alpha_k-\eta_k1+αk​−ηk​, a large one removes terms from the sum). The analysis needs the structure of the LP schedule around job jjj (equations (3.9)–(3.11)) to separate the jobs whose ηk\eta_kηk​ is constant in αj\alpha_jαj​ from those for which it jumps from 000 to 111, and then a density tuned to both at once. The claim is made under pairwise independence only, so no product structure of the random vector is available. On the formal side, the LP schedule, α\alphaα-points and list scheduling are defined from scratch, and the measure-theoretic content (integrability of a piecewise-constant function of α\boldsymbol\alphaα, conditioning under pairwise independence) is real work.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n (0-based), ppp and rrr are natural numbers and www is real. The ordering by wj/pjw_j/p_jwj​/pj​ is a hypothesis of every statement about the LP schedule, which is defined by the smallest-index rule; under that hypothesis the two coincide. The LP schedule is defined slot by slot, which is exact for integral data. Processing is represented by sets of times, not indicator functions. tj(α)t_j(\alpha)tj​(α) is an infimum over times, tj(0+)=inf⁡AjLPt_j(0^+)=\inf A^{LP}_jtj​(0+)=infAjLP​, and the (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-schedule is the closed form Cjα=max⁡k⪯j(rk+∑k⪯i⪯jpi)C^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j=\max_{k\preceq j}\bigl(r_k+\sum_{k\preceq i\preceq j}p_i\bigr)Cjα​=maxk⪯j​(rk​+∑k⪯i⪯j​pi​) of list scheduling in lexicographic (α-point, index) order. ZRZ_RZR​ is the real infimum of the objective over the feasible set of (R), which is nonempty and bounded below for w≥0w\ge0w≥0. The random vector is any probability measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn whose coordinate laws all equal the law with density ggg and whose coordinates are pairwise independent; the product measure is one example, but the theorem is for all of them. γ\gammaγ is any solution in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) of its equation.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the expectation is asserted together with integrability (a non-integrable integrand would have Bochner integral 000), ggg is supported on (0,δ](0,\delta](0,δ] so every αj\alpha_jαj​ lies in (0,1](0,1](0,1] almost surely, and the bound is against ZRZ_RZR​ defined from (R), not against an expression that already contains Theorem 2.5.

Running times (O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn), O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2)), derandomization, the counting results (Proposition 3.8, Lemma 3.12) and the on-line variant are not formalized. Lemma 3.1 on the auxiliary (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-Conversion schedule is not a milestone; Corollary 3.2 is stated directly for the (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-schedule.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; general lemmas on list scheduling and α\alphaα-points of preemptive schedules, which are reusable beyond this mission; and the measure-theoretic step from pairwise independence to the conditional bound on E[Cjα∣αj]\mathbb E[C^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j\mid\alpha_j]E[Cjα​∣αj​].

Selected references

  • M. X. Goemans, M. Queyranne, A. S. Schulz, M. Skutella, Y. Wang, Single machine scheduling with release dates, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 15(2):165–192, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S089548019936223X
  • C. Phillips, C. Stein, J. Wein, Minimizing average completion time in the presence of release dates, Math. Programming 82:199–223, 1998.
  • L. A. Hall, A. S. Schulz, D. B. Shmoys, J. Wein, Scheduling to minimize average completion time: off-line and on-line approximation algorithms, Math. Oper. Res. 22:513–544, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.3.513
  • M. X. Goemans, Improved approximation algorithms for scheduling with release dates, Proc. 8th ACM–SIAM SODA, 591–598, 1997.
  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation techniques for average completion time scheduling, SIAM J. Comput. 31:146–166, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • M. E. Dyer, L. A. Wolsey, Formulating the single machine sequencing problem with release dates as a mixed integer program, Discrete Appl. Math. 26:255–270, 1990.
  • J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, P. Brucker, Complexity of machine scheduling problems, Ann. Discrete Math. 1:343–362, 1977.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Single Machine Scheduling with Release Dates II: The Random α-Schedule with a Truncated Exponential DensityResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the total weighted completion time ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_j C_j∑j​wj​Cj​ of jobs with release dates on a single machine, written 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum w_j C_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​ in scheduling notation, is strongly NP-hard. It is one of the basic models of machine scheduling, and it has served as a test case for a general technique in approximation algorithms: solve a linear programming relaxation, read off a preemptive schedule, and convert it into a nonpreemptive one using α\alphaα-points, the times at which a given fraction of each job has been processed. Phillips, Stein and Wein (doi:10.1007/BF01585872) introduced ordering jobs by points of a preemptive schedule; Goemans (SODA 1997, reference [11] of the paper below) and Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein (doi:10.1137/S0097539797327180) showed that choosing α\alphaα at random improves the guarantee.

Goemans, Queyranne, Schulz, Skutella and Wang (doi:10.1137/S089548019936223X) combine two LP relaxations, shown to have equal value, with carefully chosen random α\alphaα. This mission formalizes their Theorem 3.5: when a single α\alphaα is drawn from a truncated exponential density, the resulting schedule costs in expectation at most c<1.7451c < 1.7451c<1.7451 times the LP lower bound.

Timeline:

  • 1998: Phillips, Stein and Wein give the first constant-factor approximation (ratio 222) for the unit-weight problem 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑Cj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum C_j1∣rj​∣∑Cj​ by converting a preemptive schedule.
  • 1997: Goemans (SODA) introduces randomly chosen α\alphaα-points for the weighted problem, the conference precursor of the paper formalized here.
  • 2001: Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein give a randomized e/(e−1)≈1.58e/(e-1) \approx 1.58e/(e−1)≈1.58-approximation for the unit-weight problem.
  • 2002: Goemans, Queyranne, Schulz, Skutella and Wang give 1.74511.74511.7451 for a single random α\alphaα (Theorem 3.5) and 1.68531.68531.6853 for job-dependent random αj\alpha_jαj​ (Theorem 3.9), both against the same LP bound.
  • 1999: Afrati et al. (doi:10.1109/SFFCS.1999.814574) give a polynomial-time approximation scheme for the problem. It is not LP-based, so the LP-relative factors of Theorems 3.5 and 3.9 remain of interest as bounds on the relaxations' integrality gaps.

Setting

There are nnn jobs N={1,…,n}N = \{1, \dots, n\}N={1,…,n}. Job jjj has an integral processing time pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0, an integral release date rj≥0r_j \ge 0rj​≥0 and a weight wj>0w_j > 0wj​>0. The jobs are indexed so that w1/p1≥w2/p2≥⋯≥wn/pnw_1/p_1 \ge w_2/p_2 \ge \cdots \ge w_n/p_nw1​/p1​≥w2​/p2​≥⋯≥wn​/pn​.

A preemptive schedule gives each job a set Aj⊆[rj,∞)A_j \subseteq [r_j, \infty)Aj​⊆[rj​,∞) of processing times of measure pjp_jpj​, the sets pairwise disjoint. The mean busy time of jjj is Mj=1pj∫Ajt dtM_j = \frac{1}{p_j}\int_{A_j} t\,dtMj​=pj​1​∫Aj​​tdt.

The LP schedule is the preemptive schedule that always processes the available job of smallest index, which under the indexing above is the available job of largest ratio wj/pjw_j/p_jwj​/pj​. Its mean busy times are MjLPM^{LP}_jMjLP​.

The mean busy time relaxation (R) minimizes ∑jwj(Mj+12pj)\sum_j w_j (M_j + \tfrac12 p_j)∑j​wj​(Mj​+21​pj​) subject to ∑j∈SpjMj≥p(S)(rmin⁡(S)+12p(S))\sum_{j \in S} p_j M_j \ge p(S)\big(r_{\min}(S) + \tfrac12 p(S)\big)∑j∈S​pj​Mj​≥p(S)(rmin​(S)+21​p(S)) for every nonempty S⊆NS \subseteq NS⊆N, where p(S)=∑j∈Spjp(S) = \sum_{j\in S} p_jp(S)=∑j∈S​pj​ and rmin⁡(S)=min⁡j∈Srjr_{\min}(S) = \min_{j\in S} r_jrmin​(S)=minj∈S​rj​. Its optimal value is ZRZ_RZR​, a lower bound on the optimum of 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum w_j C_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​.

For 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1, the α\alphaα-point tj(α)t_j(\alpha)tj​(α) is the first time at which jjj has received αpj\alpha p_jαpj​ units of processing in the LP schedule, and tj(0+)t_j(0^+)tj​(0+) is its start time. The α\alphaα-schedule processes the jobs nonpreemptively, each as early as possible, in nondecreasing order of tj(α)t_j(\alpha)tj​(α); CjαC^\alpha_jCjα​ is the completion time of jjj in it. More generally, the (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-schedule orders the jobs by tj(αj)t_j(\alpha_j)tj​(αj​) for a vector α=(αj)\boldsymbol\alpha = (\alpha_j)α=(αj​).

Let 0<γ<10 < \gamma < 10<γ<1 solve 1−γ21+γ=γ+ln⁡(1+γ)1 - \frac{\gamma^2}{1+\gamma} = \gamma + \ln(1+\gamma)1−1+γγ2​=γ+ln(1+γ) (γ≈0.4675\gamma \approx 0.4675γ≈0.4675), and set

c=1+γ1+γ−e−γ,δ=1−γ21+γ,f(α)={(c−1)eα0<α≤δ,0otherwise.c = \frac{1+\gamma}{1+\gamma-e^{-\gamma}}, \qquad \delta = 1 - \frac{\gamma^2}{1+\gamma}, \qquad f(\alpha) = \begin{cases}(c-1)e^{\alpha} & 0 < \alpha \le \delta,\\ 0 & \text{otherwise.}\end{cases}c=1+γ−e−γ1+γ​,δ=1−1+γγ2​,f(α)={(c−1)eα0​0<α≤δ,otherwise.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5

If α\alphaα is drawn with density fff, then c<1.7451c < 1.7451c<1.7451, the expectation below is finite, and

Ef[∑jwjCjα]≤c⋅ZR.\mathbb E_f\Big[\sum_{j} w_j C^\alpha_j\Big] \le c \cdot Z_R .Ef​[j∑​wj​Cjα​]≤c⋅ZR​.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.5: MLPM^{LP}MLP is an optimal solution to (R), so ZR=∑jwj(MjLP+12pj)Z_R = \sum_j w_j (M^{LP}_j + \tfrac12 p_j)ZR​=∑j​wj​(MjLP​+21​pj​).
  2. Eq. (3.1): MjLP=∫01tj(α) dαM^{LP}_j = \int_0^1 t_j(\alpha)\,d\alphaMjLP​=∫01​tj​(α)dα.
  3. Corollary 3.2: Cjα≤tj(αj)+∑k: αk≤ηk(αj)(1+αk−ηk(αj)) pkC^{\boldsymbol\alpha}_j \le t_j(\alpha_j) + \sum_{k:\,\alpha_k\le\eta_k(\alpha_j)} (1+\alpha_k-\eta_k(\alpha_j))\,p_kCjα​≤tj​(αj​)+∑k:αk​≤ηk​(αj​)​(1+αk​−ηk​(αj​))pk​, where ηk(αj)\eta_k(\alpha_j)ηk​(αj​) is the fraction of kkk processed by tj(αj)t_j(\alpha_j)tj​(αj​) in the LP schedule.
  4. Eq. (3.10): MjLP=tj(0+)+∑k∈N2(1−μk)pk+12pjM^{LP}_j = t_j(0^+) + \sum_{k\in N_2}(1-\mu_k)p_k + \tfrac12 p_jMjLP​=tj​(0+)+∑k∈N2​​(1−μk​)pk​+21​pj​, where N2N_2N2​ is the set of jobs processed between the start and the completion of jjj and μk\mu_kμk​ the fraction of jjj done before kkk starts.
  5. Eq. (3.11): the bound of Corollary 3.2 rewritten in terms of N1N_1N1​, N2N_2N2​ and μk\mu_kμk​.
  6. Lemma 3.6: fff is a density on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with ∫0ηf(α)(1+α−η) dα≤(c−1)η\int_0^\eta f(\alpha)(1+\alpha-\eta)\,d\alpha \le (c-1)\eta∫0η​f(α)(1+α−η)dα≤(c−1)η and ∫μ1f(α)(1+α) dα≤c(1−μ)\int_\mu^1 f(\alpha)(1+\alpha)\,d\alpha \le c(1-\mu)∫μ1​f(α)(1+α)dα≤c(1−μ) for η,μ∈[0,1]\eta, \mu \in [0,1]η,μ∈[0,1].

Significance

Theorem 3.5 is a randomized 1.74511.74511.7451-approximation for 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum w_j C_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​, and simultaneously a bound on the integrality gap of (R): every instance has OPT≤1.7451 ZR\mathrm{OPT} \le 1.7451\, Z_ROPT≤1.7451ZR​. The paper also derandomizes it: there are at most nnn distinct α\alphaα-schedules (its Proposition 3.8), and the best of them can be found in O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) time. The paper remarks that the truncated exponential density is optimal for its analysis and that the factor is tight for it.

On the formal side, the mission produces a reusable model of single-machine preemptive schedules, the LP schedule, α\alphaα-points and list scheduling, and the first machine-checked instance of the α\alphaα-point rounding technique that recurs across scheduling approximation. The result itself is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of the LP-schedule identities (3.1), (3.10) is known to exist.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, bounding each CjαC^\alpha_jCjα​ separately by a multiple of tj(α)t_j(\alpha)tj​(α), gives only the factor max⁡{1+1/α,1+2α}\max\{1 + 1/\alpha, 1 + 2\alpha\}max{1+1/α,1+2α} for fixed α\alphaα (Theorem 3.3 of the paper), which is at least 1+21+\sqrt21+2​. The improvement needs the precise structure of the LP schedule around each job: which jobs interrupt jjj (N2N_2N2​) and which do not (N1N_1N1​), and how the fraction ηk(α)\eta_k(\alpha)ηk​(α) of each other job depends on α\alphaα. Turning this structure into exact identities for piecewise-constant, piecewise-linear functions of α\alphaα defined through a recursively built schedule is the bulk of the formal work. The analytic part (Lemma 3.6) is elementary but depends on the specific equation that defines γ\gammaγ.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n (0-based) with p,r:Fin n→Np, r : \texttt{Fin } n \to \mathbb Np,r:Fin n→N and real weights. The sortedness wj/pj≥wk/pkw_j/p_j \ge w_k/p_kwj​/pj​≥wk​/pk​ for j≤kj \le kj≤k, positivity pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0 and wj>0w_j > 0wj​>0 are hypotheses of every theorem about the LP schedule. Because the data are integral, the LP schedule is defined slot by slot on unit intervals [τ,τ+1)[\tau, \tau+1)[τ,τ+1); a job's processing set is a finite union of such intervals. α\alphaα-points are infima over reals, and every statement restricts α\alphaα to (0,1](0,1](0,1]. The (αj)(\alpha_j)(αj​)-schedule's completion times are given by the closed form of list scheduling, Cj=max⁡k⪯j(rk+∑k⪯i⪯jpi)C_j = \max_{k \preceq j}(r_k + \sum_{k \preceq i \preceq j} p_i)Cj​=maxk⪯j​(rk​+∑k⪯i⪯j​pi​), with ties of α\alphaα-points broken by index (they do not occur for α∈(0,1]\alpha \in (0,1]α∈(0,1]). ZRZ_RZR​ is the infimum of the objective of (R) over its feasible set. The random α\alphaα has law f(α) dαf(\alpha)\,d\alphaf(α)dα on R\mathbb RR, and the expectation is a Lebesgue integral.

The goal asserts integrability of α↦∑jwjCjα\alpha \mapsto \sum_j w_j C^\alpha_jα↦∑j​wj​Cjα​ together with the bound, so the inequality cannot hold through the convention that a non-integrable function has integral 000. The bound is against ZRZ_RZR​ defined from (R), not against ∑jwj(MjLP+12pj)\sum_j w_j (M^{LP}_j + \tfrac12 p_j)∑j​wj​(MjLP​+21​pj​), which would build Theorem 2.5 into the goal; and the density's support (0,δ](0,\delta](0,δ] is written out, so no mass is placed outside (0,1](0,1](0,1]. The running-time claims are not formalized, and the uniqueness of γ\gammaγ is not asserted: the statements hold for every solution in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Useful infrastructure: finite unions of intervals and their measures, monotone piecewise-linear functions and their integrals, and list-scheduling identities. Contributions to any milestone, and general lemmas about the LP schedule (it is a preemptive schedule, has no idle time inside a job's span, processes interrupting jobs completely), are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. X. Goemans, M. Queyranne, A. S. Schulz, M. Skutella, Y. Wang, Single Machine Scheduling with Release Dates, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 15(2):165–192, 2002. doi:10.1137/S089548019936223X
  • C. Phillips, C. Stein, J. Wein, Minimizing average completion time in the presence of release dates, Math. Programming 82:199–223, 1998. doi:10.1007/BF01585872
  • M. X. Goemans, Improved approximation algorithms for scheduling with release dates, Proc. 8th ACM-SIAM SODA, 591–598, 1997 (no DOI; reference [11] of Goemans et al. 2002).
  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation techniques for average completion time scheduling, SIAM J. Comput. 31(1):146–166, 2001. doi:10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • F. Afrati et al., Approximation schemes for minimizing average weighted completion time with release dates, Proc. 40th IEEE FOCS, 32–43, 1999. doi:10.1109/SFFCS.1999.814574
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Bargaining under Incomplete Information III: Trade Probability and Expected Profits in the Uniform Linear EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

A buyer and a seller negotiate over a single indivisible good. Each knows what the good is worth to them but not what it is worth to the other side, and each shades their offer to exploit the other's uncertainty. Chatterjee and Samuelson (Bargaining under Incomplete Information, Operations Research 31(5), 1983) modelled this as a one-shot game in which both parties submit sealed offers simultaneously and a sale takes place at a weighted average of the two offers whenever the buyer's offer is at least the seller's.

The weight kkk is a design parameter: k=1k = 1k=1 lets the buyer set the price, k=0k = 0k=0 the seller, and k=1/2k = 1/2k=1/2 splits the difference. For values uniform on a common interval the paper computes an explicit equilibrium for every kkk (its Example 1) and then asks the questions a designer of the rule cares about: how often does trade happen, who gains when kkk moves, and which kkk maximises the expected gains of the two parties together. The answers are the subject of this mission.

The example became a benchmark for bilateral trade. Myerson and Satterthwaite (J. Econ. Theory 29, 1983) proved that no mechanism can guarantee efficient trade with two-sided private information, and that for uniform values the split-the-difference equilibrium of this game attains the largest expected gains from trade of any mechanism. The numbers 9/329/329/32 and 964vˉ\tfrac{9}{64}\bar v649​vˉ below are therefore the second-best benchmarks against which later work on the kkk-double auction (Satterthwaite and Williams, J. Econ. Theory 48, 1989; Leininger, Linhart and Radner, J. Econ. Theory 48, 1989) measures inefficiency.

Setting

A seller with reservation price vsv_svs​ and a buyer with reservation price vbv_bvb​ each know their own value. The two values are drawn independently and uniformly on [0,vˉ][0, \bar v][0,vˉ], with vˉ>0\bar v > 0vˉ>0; this law, written unif(vˉ)\mathrm{unif}(\bar v)unif(vˉ), is also each player's belief about the other's value (Fs(v)=Fb(v)=v/vˉF_s(v) = F_b(v) = v/\bar vFs​(v)=Fb​(v)=v/vˉ in the paper).

Under the Bargaining Rule with parameter k∈[0,1]k \in [0,1]k∈[0,1], the seller asks sss and the buyer offers bbb. If b≥sb \ge sb≥s the good is sold at price P=kb+(1−k)sP = kb + (1-k)sP=kb+(1−k)s, the seller earns P−vsP - v_sP−vs​ and the buyer earns vb−Pv_b - Pvb​−P; otherwise both earn zero. Ties trade.

An offer strategy maps a value to an offer. The strategies of Example 1(a) are

S(vs)=vs2−k+1−k2vˉfor 0≤vs≤2−k2vˉ,S(vs)≥the same expression for 2−k2vˉ<vs≤vˉ,S(v_s) = \frac{v_s}{2-k} + \frac{1-k}{2}\bar v \quad\text{for } 0 \le v_s \le \tfrac{2-k}{2}\bar v, \qquad S(v_s) \ge \text{the same expression for } \tfrac{2-k}{2}\bar v < v_s \le \bar v,S(vs​)=2−kvs​​+21−k​vˉfor 0≤vs​≤22−k​vˉ,S(vs​)≥the same expression for 22−k​vˉ<vs​≤vˉ, B(vb)=vb1+k+k(1−k)2(1+k)vˉfor 1−k2vˉ≤vb≤vˉ,B(vb)≤the same expression for 0≤vb<1−k2vˉ.B(v_b) = \frac{v_b}{1+k} + \frac{k(1-k)}{2(1+k)}\bar v \quad\text{for } \tfrac{1-k}{2}\bar v \le v_b \le \bar v, \qquad B(v_b) \le \text{the same expression for } 0 \le v_b < \tfrac{1-k}{2}\bar v.B(vb​)=1+kvb​​+2(1+k)k(1−k)​vˉfor 21−k​vˉ≤vb​≤vˉ,B(vb​)≤the same expression for 0≤vb​<21−k​vˉ.

A pair (S,B)(S, B)(S,B) with these four properties is said to have the shape of Example 1(a) (IsExample1Pair k v̄ S B). On the two inequality ranges a seller asks too much, or a buyer bids too little, for any trade to occur, so the strategy there is free apart from the bound.

For such a pair, with (vs,vb)∼unif(vˉ)⊗unif(vˉ)(v_s, v_b) \sim \mathrm{unif}(\bar v) \otimes \mathrm{unif}(\bar v)(vs​,vb​)∼unif(vˉ)⊗unif(vˉ), the trade probability is Pr⁡[S(vs)≤B(vb)]\Pr[S(v_s) \le B(v_b)]Pr[S(vs​)≤B(vb​)] (tradeProb), and the ex ante expected profits — taken before either value is drawn, as the paper specifies on p. 843 — are

πs=E[1{S(vs)≤B(vb)} (kB(vb)+(1−k)S(vs)−vs)],πb=E[1{S(vs)≤B(vb)} (vb−kB(vb)−(1−k)S(vs))]\pi_s = \mathbb E\bigl[\mathbf 1\{S(v_s) \le B(v_b)\}\,(kB(v_b) + (1-k)S(v_s) - v_s)\bigr],\qquad \pi_b = \mathbb E\bigl[\mathbf 1\{S(v_s) \le B(v_b)\}\,(v_b - kB(v_b) - (1-k)S(v_s))\bigr]πs​=E[1{S(vs​)≤B(vb​)}(kB(vb​)+(1−k)S(vs​)−vs​)],πb​=E[1{S(vs​)≤B(vb​)}(vb​−kB(vb​)−(1−k)S(vs​))]

(sellerExAnte, buyerExAnte).

Formalization targets

Goal: Example 1(c)(iii), total expected profit

For 0≤k≤10 \le k \le 10≤k≤1, vˉ>0\bar v > 0vˉ>0 and every pair of the shape of Example 1(a),

πs+πb=vˉ16(1+k)(2−k),\pi_s + \pi_b = \frac{\bar v}{16}(1+k)(2-k),πs​+πb​=16vˉ​(1+k)(2−k),

and as a function of k∈[0,1]k \in [0,1]k∈[0,1] this total attains its maximum 964vˉ\tfrac{9}{64}\bar v649​vˉ at k=1/2k = 1/2k=1/2. The goal is the paper's efficiency statement: among these equilibria, splitting the difference maximises expected group profit.

Milestones

  1. Example 1(b). Pr⁡[S(vs)≤B(vb)]=−k2+k+28\Pr[S(v_s) \le B(v_b)] = \dfrac{-k^2 + k + 2}{8}Pr[S(vs​)≤B(vb​)]=8−k2+k+2​, with maximum 9/329/329/32 at k=1/2k = 1/2k=1/2.
  2. Example 1(c)(i). πs(k)=vˉ48(2−k)2(1+k)\pi_s(k) = \dfrac{\bar v}{48}(2-k)^2(1+k)πs​(k)=48vˉ​(2−k)2(1+k), strictly decreasing in kkk on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  3. Example 1(c)(ii). πb(k)=vˉ48(1+k)2(2−k)\pi_b(k) = \dfrac{\bar v}{48}(1+k)^2(2-k)πb​(k)=48vˉ​(1+k)2(2−k), strictly increasing in kkk on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

The goal is the sum of milestones 2 and 3 together with a one-variable maximisation; milestone 1 describes the trade region over which both profits are integrated.

Significance

The formulas answer the design question for the rule. Moving kkk toward the buyer's offer makes the price rule look more favourable to the seller, yet milestone 2 shows the seller's equilibrium profit falls and milestone 3 shows the buyer's rises: the paper (p. 844) uses this to show that an intuition which ignores the players' strategic response is mistaken. The comparison with truthful offers, which would trade with probability 1/21/21/2 and earn expected group profit vˉ/6\bar v/6vˉ/6, quantifies the cost of strategic misrepresentation: at best 9/329/329/32 and 964vˉ\tfrac{9}{64}\bar v649​vˉ.

The paper states these results as "straightforward computations" and prints no derivation. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization settles the constants against the exact strategies of Example 1(a), including the non-linear no-trade branches the paper allows, and provides a worked example of computing trade probabilities and expected payoffs under a product of uniform laws, reusable for other double-auction and bilateral-trade examples.

Difficulty

The computation is elementary on paper, but the equilibrium strategies are only partly specified: on the seller's high range and the buyer's low range the offers are arbitrary functions subject to a bound, and need not be measurable. The obvious approach — substitute the linear formulas and integrate — is valid only after showing that these free branches never trade, so that the trade event and both integrands agree almost everywhere with their linear versions. The resulting integrals are over a product of two conditioned Lebesgue measures, not over Lebesgue measure on the plane, and the trade region depends on kkk through both strategies. The monotonicity claims hold only on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (the seller's cubic is not monotone on R\mathbb RR), and the derivative of each profit vanishes at an endpoint of the interval.

Formalization scope

Values are real numbers; the uniform law on [0,vˉ][0, \bar v][0,vˉ] is Lebesgue measure conditioned on the interval (volume[|Icc 0 v̄]), and the joint law of (vs,vb)(v_s, v_b)(vs​,vb​) is the product measure, with pairs ordered (vs,vb)(v_s, v_b)(vs​,vb​). The trade probability is the real number (P {p | S p.1 ≤ B p.2}).toReal; the profits are Bochner integrals over the product. Ties trade. The results are ex ante, not conditional on a player's own value. Every theorem assumes 0≤k≤10 \le k \le 10≤k≤1 and vˉ>0\bar v > 0vˉ>0. Maxima are stated with IsMaxOn on [0,1][0,1][0,1] plus the value at k=1/2k = 1/2k=1/2; monotonicity with StrictAntiOn/StrictMonoOn on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

The statements do not assume that (S,B)(S, B)(S,B) is an equilibrium; they are computations about any pair of the shape of Example 1(a). That this pair is an equilibrium is Example 1(a) itself, the goal of a companion mission. No measurability of SSS or BBB is assumed: the free branches never trade, so each integrand agrees almost everywhere with a bounded measurable function and the integrals are the paper's expectations. A formalization that assumes SSS and BBB linear everywhere, or that integrates over a single uniform variable, proves a different statement.

A complete development needs: the reduction of the trade event and the integrands to their linear versions on [0,vˉ]2[0,\bar v]^2[0,vˉ]2; Fubini for the product of conditioned measures; evaluation of polynomial integrals over a triangle; and elementary calculus on cubics. Lemmas on integrating over products of uniform laws are reusable. Contributions of intermediate lemmas, such as the explicit trade region, are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Chatterjee and W. Samuelson, Bargaining under Incomplete Information, Operations Research 31(5):835–851, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.31.5.835
  • R. B. Myerson and M. A. Satterthwaite, Efficient Mechanisms for Bilateral Trading, Journal of Economic Theory 29(2):265–281, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(83)90048-0
  • M. A. Satterthwaite and S. R. Williams, Bilateral Trade with the Sealed Bid k-Double Auction: Existence and Efficiency, Journal of Economic Theory 48(1):107–133, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(89)90120-8
  • W. Leininger, P. B. Linhart and R. Radner, Equilibria of the Sealed-Bid Mechanism for Bargaining with Incomplete Information, Journal of Economic Theory 48(1):63–106, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(89)90121-X
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Global Convergence of Stochastic Fictitious Play I: Every Additive Random Utility Choice Function Has an Admissible Deterministic Perturbation RepresentationResearch Paper

Motivation

Models of learning in games, and discrete choice models in econometrics, describe an agent who does not always pick the best alternative. Two descriptions of such an agent are standard. In the additive random utility model (McFadden 1981; Anderson, de Palma and Thisse 1992) the agent maximizes payoffs perturbed by random shocks. In the deterministic perturbation model (Fudenberg and Levine 1998) the agent chooses a probability vector and pays a deterministic, strictly convex cost for it. The logit choice rule arises from both: from i.i.d. extreme-value shocks, and from the entropy cost V(y)=η∑jyjln⁡yjV(y) = \eta \sum_j y_j \ln y_jV(y)=η∑j​yj​lnyj​.

Hofbauer and Sandholm (Econometrica 70 (2002)) show that the second description is general enough to cover the first for every shock distribution with a strictly positive density, not only for logit. Their analysis of stochastic fictitious play rests on this: the deterministic representation provides the perturbed payoff functions from which Lyapunov functions for the learning dynamics are built, for arbitrary noise. This mission formalizes that discrete choice theorem, Theorem 2.1 of the paper, together with the steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 alternatives A={1,…,n}A = \{1, \dots, n\}A={1,…,n} with base payoffs π=(π1,…,πn)∈Rn\pi = (\pi_1, \dots, \pi_n) \in \mathbb{R}^nπ=(π1​,…,πn​)∈Rn. A random vector ε=(ε1,…,εn)\varepsilon = (\varepsilon_1, \dots, \varepsilon_n)ε=(ε1​,…,εn​) has a strictly positive density f:Rn→Rf : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}f:Rn→R, whose law does not depend on π\piπ. The agent chooses the alternative whose total payoff πj+εj\pi_j + \varepsilon_jπj​+εj​ is largest, which gives the choice probability function C:Rn→RnC : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}^nC:Rn→Rn,

Ci(π)=P(argmax⁡j πj+εj=i).C_i(\pi) = P\big(\operatorname{argmax}_j\, \pi_j + \varepsilon_j = i\big).Ci​(π)=P(argmaxj​πj​+εj​=i).

The probability simplex is ΔA={x∈R+n:∑jxj=1}\Delta A = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n_+ : \sum_j x_j = 1\}ΔA={x∈R+n​:∑j​xj​=1}, with relative interior int⁡(ΔA)\operatorname{int}(\Delta A)int(ΔA) (all coordinates positive) and tangent space R0n={z∈Rn:∑jzj=0}\mathbb{R}^n_0 = \{z \in \mathbb{R}^n : \sum_j z_j = 0\}R0n​={z∈Rn:∑j​zj​=0}.

A deterministic perturbation is a function V:int⁡(ΔA)→RV : \operatorname{int}(\Delta A) \to \mathbb{R}V:int(ΔA)→R. Because VVV lives on the relative interior, its gradient ∇V(y)\nabla V(y)∇V(y) is the vector of R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​ with V(y+hz)=V(y)+(∇V(y)⋅z)h+o(h)V(y + hz) = V(y) + (\nabla V(y) \cdot z) h + o(h)V(y+hz)=V(y)+(∇V(y)⋅z)h+o(h) for all z∈R0nz \in \mathbb{R}^n_0z∈R0n​, and its second derivative D2V(y)D^2 V(y)D2V(y) is a quadratic form on R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​. The perturbation is admissible if VVV is twice continuously differentiable along the simplex, D2V(y)D^2V(y)D2V(y) is positive definite on R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​ for every yyy, and ∥∇V(y)∥→∞\|\nabla V(y)\| \to \infty∥∇V(y)∥→∞ as yyy approaches the boundary of ΔA\Delta AΔA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

If ε\varepsilonε has a strictly positive density and CCC is continuously differentiable, then there is an admissible VVV such that, for every π∈Rn\pi \in \mathbb{R}^nπ∈Rn,

C(π)=argmax⁡y∈int⁡(ΔA)(y⋅π−V(y)),C(\pi) = \operatorname*{argmax}_{y \in \operatorname{int}(\Delta A)} \big( y \cdot \pi - V(y) \big),C(π)=y∈int(ΔA)argmax​(y⋅π−V(y)),

with a unique maximizer. The perturbation VVV is one function serving all payoff vectors at once.

Milestones

The milestones are the steps of the paper's proof (pp. 5–7), in order:

  1. Eq. (4). DC(π)DC(\pi)DC(π) is symmetric, ∂Ci/∂πj=∂Cj/∂πi\partial C_i/\partial \pi_j = \partial C_j / \partial \pi_i∂Ci​/∂πj​=∂Cj​/∂πi​, and its off-diagonal terms are strictly negative.
  2. Eq. (5). ∂Ci/∂πi=−∑j≠i∂Cj/∂πi\partial C_i/\partial \pi_i = -\sum_{j \ne i} \partial C_j/\partial \pi_i∂Ci​/∂πi​=−∑j=i​∂Cj​/∂πi​, and DC(π)1=0DC(\pi)\mathbf{1} = 0DC(π)1=0.
  3. Eq. (6). z⋅DC(π)z>0z \cdot DC(\pi) z > 0z⋅DC(π)z>0 whenever zzz is not proportional to 1\mathbf{1}1.
  4. Shift invariance and injectivity. C(π+c1)=C(π)C(\pi + c\mathbf{1}) = C(\pi)C(π+c1)=C(π), and CCC is one-to-one on R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​.
  5. Range observation. If the payoffs πj\pi_jπj​, j∈Jj \in Jj∈J, stay bounded while the others tend to +∞+\infty+∞, then Cj(π)→0C_j(\pi) \to 0Cj​(π)→0 for j∈Jj \in Jj∈J.
  6. Convex potential. There is W:Rn→RW : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}W:Rn→R with ∇W≡C\nabla W \equiv C∇W≡C, strictly convex on R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​.
  7. Range. CCC takes values in int⁡(ΔA)\operatorname{int}(\Delta A)int(ΔA), and C(R0n)=int⁡(ΔA)C(\mathbb{R}^n_0) = \operatorname{int}(\Delta A)C(R0n​)=int(ΔA).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 lets any smooth additive random utility model be replaced by an optimizing agent with a strictly convex, boundary-repelling cost. In the paper this is the bridge from the perturbed best response dynamic to a deterministic perturbed-payoff formulation, which yields Lyapunov functions for zero-sum games, games with an interior evolutionarily stable strategy, and potential games (§4 of the paper), and so the almost sure convergence of stochastic fictitious play under general noise (Theorem 6.1). Without it those convergence results would be restricted to noise distributions whose choice rule has a known deterministic representation, essentially logit. The paper also shows (Proposition 2.2) that the converse fails when n≥4n \ge 4n≥4: deterministic perturbations generate strictly more choice rules than random utility.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. The mission asks for a formal proof of Theorem 2.1 and the seven steps above. Along the way it requires symmetric Jacobians of probability integrals, a gradient-field potential on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, and the Legendre transform of a strictly convex function restricted to a hyperplane. None of these is currently packaged in Mathlib in the needed form.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to take VVV to be the Legendre transform of the potential W(π)=Emax⁡j(πj+εj)W(\pi) = \mathbb{E}\max_j(\pi_j + \varepsilon_j)W(π)=Emaxj​(πj​+εj​) and read off the first-order conditions. Three steps of that argument are not routine. First, the derivative identity (4) is a change of variables inside an (n−1)(n-1)(n−1)-fold integral over a moving region, and its strict sign needs the density to be positive on the relevant hyperplane sections. Second, the Legendre transform is well defined on all of int⁡(ΔA)\operatorname{int}(\Delta A)int(ΔA) only if CCC maps R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​ onto the whole open simplex. The paper takes this from Theorem 26.5 of Rockafellar (1970), whose hypotheses (essential smoothness, strict convexity, identification of the conjugate's domain) must be checked here. Third, positive definiteness of D2VD^2VD2V and the gradient blow-up at the boundary are statements about the inverse of CCC on R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​. They need an inverse function argument on a subspace and a properness argument, not only pointwise convexity.

Verifying that C(π)C(\pi)C(π) satisfies the first-order condition for one fixed π\piπ does not suffice: the goal requires a single VVV for all π\piπ, and a unique maximizer.

Formalization scope

Alternatives are indexed by Fin n with n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; vectors are Fin n → ℝ with its sup norm. The density is a real function fff that is continuous, strictly positive at every point, and has ∫f=1\int f = 1∫f=1; the law of ε\varepsilonε is Lebesgue measure weighted by fff. The paper's formula (4) evaluates fff on hyperplanes, which is meaningful for a continuous fff. Without continuity the theorem can fail: a density that is positive everywhere but tends to zero near a hyperplane can make CCC continuously differentiable with a vanishing off-diagonal derivative, and then no twice differentiable VVV represents CCC. Continuous differentiability of CCC is a hypothesis, as in the paper, stated as ContDiff ℝ 1 of the map π↦C(π)\pi \mapsto C(\pi)π↦C(π). The event "iii is the argmax" uses strict inequalities; ties have probability zero.

VVV is a function on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn of which only the values on int⁡(ΔA)\operatorname{int}(\Delta A)int(ΔA) enter. Its smoothness and second derivative are taken in the chart z↦V(y+z)z \mapsto V(y + z)z↦V(y+z) on the subspace R0n\mathbb{R}^n_0R0n​. ∇V(y)\nabla V(y)∇V(y) is the tangent gradient of the paper's footnote 3, not an ambient gradient of an extension. The boundary blow-up is stated uniformly: for every MMM there is δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 such that every tangent gradient at an interior point with some coordinate below δ\deltaδ has norm above MMM.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially. VVV must be chosen before π\piπ, all three admissibility conditions are part of the definition, and the maximizer must be unique. Weakening any of these (a VVV depending on π\piπ, a VVV without second derivatives, a non-strict maximum) changes the theorem.

Reusable infrastructure: differentiation of choice probabilities under a density, potentials of symmetric C1C^1C1 vector fields on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, and Legendre duality for strictly convex functions on a subspace. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the milestones, for instance obtaining the potential directly as Emax⁡j(πj+εj)\mathbb{E}\max_j(\pi_j + \varepsilon_j)Emaxj​(πj​+εj​).

Selected references

  • J. Hofbauer and W. H. Sandholm, On the Global Convergence of Stochastic Fictitious Play, Econometrica 70(6), 2265–2294, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00376 (theorem numbers and pages here follow the authors' manuscript of February 21, 2002).
  • D. Fudenberg and D. K. Levine, The Theory of Learning in Games, MIT Press, 1998.
  • S. P. Anderson, A. de Palma and J.-F. Thisse, Discrete Choice Theory of Product Differentiation, MIT Press, 1992.
  • D. McFadden, Econometric Models of Probabilistic Choice, in C. F. Manski and D. McFadden (eds.), Structural Analysis of Discrete Data with Econometric Applications, MIT Press, 1981.
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Exit Problems for Spectrally Negative Lévy Processes and Applications to (Canadized) Russian Options III: Optimal Stopping for the Canadized Russian OptionResearch Paper

Motivation

The Russian option of Shepp and Shiryaev pays its holder, at an exercise time of their choosing, the running maximum of the stock price, discounted, with no fixed maturity. It is the standard example of a perpetual lookback option, and its value is a model problem of optimal stopping for a two-dimensional Markov process (the price and its running maximum). Perpetual contracts are simple to analyse but economically unrealistic: every real contract ends. Canadization (Carr, Randomization and the American put, Rev. Financial Stud. 11, 1998, https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/11.3.597) replaces a fixed maturity by an independent exponential time η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ). The holder must exercise before η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ); if they have not, they are paid the claim evaluated at η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ). Because the exponential law is memoryless, the problem stays time-homogeneous and its value can be computed in closed form, while it approximates a contract of finite expected life 1/λ1/\lambda1/λ.

Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (AKP04) solved both the perpetual and the Canadized Russian problem when the log-price is a spectrally negative Lévy process: a process with stationary independent increments whose only jumps are downward. This covers Brownian motion with drift, the Black–Scholes model, and jump-diffusions with downward jumps (crashes). Their answer is written with the scale functions W(q)W^{(q)}W(q), Z(q)Z^{(q)}Z(q) of the process. This mission is the third of three drawn from that paper, and formalizes the Canadized problem (§7, Theorem 3).

Timeline. Shepp and Shiryaev (1993) solved the Russian option for geometric Brownian motion. Carr (1998) introduced Canadization for the American put. Kyprianou and Pistorius (Ann. Appl. Probab. 13, 2003) studied perpetual options through fluctuation theory; §7 of [AKP04] builds on their calculations. Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (2004) solved the perpetual and Canadized problems for general spectrally negative Lévy processes.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,F={Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbf F=\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,F={Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a filtered probability space with F\mathbf FF right-continuous, and let X={Xt}t≥0X=\{X_t\}_{t\ge0}X={Xt​}t≥0​ be a spectrally negative Lévy process adapted to F\mathbf FF: X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, paths càdlàg with no upward jumps and not monotone, increments Xs+t−XsX_{s+t}-X_sXs+t​−Xs​ stationary and independent of Fs\mathcal F_sFs​. The standing assumption is that XXX has unbounded variation, or bounded variation and a Lévy measure Λ(dx)≪dx\Lambda(dx)\ll dxΛ(dx)≪dx.

The Laplace exponent is ψ(θ)=log⁡E[eθX1]\psi(\theta)=\log\mathbb E[e^{\theta X_1}]ψ(θ)=logE[eθX1​]. Fix r≥0r\ge0r≥0 with ψ(1)=r\psi(1)=rψ(1)=r, and let P1\mathbb P^1P1 be the Esscher measure, dP1/dP∣Ft=eXt−rtd\mathbb P^1/d\mathbb P|_{\mathcal F_t}=e^{X_t-rt}dP1/dP∣Ft​​=eXt​−rt.

For q≥0q\ge0q≥0 the qqq-scale function W(q):R→[0,∞)W^{(q)}:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)W(q):R→[0,∞) vanishes on (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0], is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and satisfies ∫0∞e−θxW(q)(x) dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1\int_0^\infty e^{-\theta x}W^{(q)}(x)\,dx=(\psi(\theta)-q)^{-1}∫0∞​e−θxW(q)(x)dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1 for θ>Φ(q)\theta>\Phi(q)θ>Φ(q), where Φ(q)\Phi(q)Φ(q) is the largest root of ψ(θ)=q\psi(\theta)=qψ(θ)=q. Further, Z(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞xW(q)(y) dyZ^{(q)}(x)=1+q\int_{-\infty}^xW^{(q)}(y)\,dyZ(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞x​W(q)(y)dy. All scale functions in this mission are those of (X,P)(X,\mathbb P)(X,P).

Starting from Y0=z≥0Y_0=z\ge0Y0​=z≥0 (the paper's P−z1\mathbb P^1_{-z}P−z1​), the reflected process is Yt=X‾t−XtY_t=\overline X_t-X_tYt​=Xt​−Xt​, where X‾t=max⁡{0,sup⁡u≤t(−z+Xu)}\overline X_t=\max\{0,\sup_{u\le t}(-z+X_u)\}Xt​=max{0,supu≤t​(−z+Xu​)} and the position is −z+Xt-z+X_t−z+Xt​. Its passage time above kkk is τk=inf⁡{t≥0:Yt∉[0,k)}\tau_k=\inf\{t\ge0:Y_t\notin[0,k)\}τk​=inf{t≥0:Yt​∈/[0,k)}.

Let α>0\alpha>0α>0, and let η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) be an exponential random variable of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 which under P1\mathbb P^1P1 is independent of F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​. The Canadized Russian problem (32) is

wCR(z)=sup⁡τ E−z1[e−α(τ∧η(λ))+Yτ∧η(λ)],w^{CR}(z)=\sup_\tau\ \mathbb E^1_{-z}\Big[e^{-\alpha(\tau\wedge\eta(\lambda))+Y_{\tau\wedge\eta(\lambda)}}\Big],wCR(z)=τsup​ E−z1​[e−α(τ∧η(λ))+Yτ∧η(λ)​],

over all P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite F\mathbf FF-stopping times τ\tauτ. Write p=α+λ+rp=\alpha+\lambda+rp=α+λ+r.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

With

κ∗=inf⁡{x≥0: Z(p)(x)−pW(p)(x)≤−λ/(p−λ)},h(z)=(p−λ)ezZ(p)(κ∗−z)p+λezp,\kappa_*=\inf\{x\ge0:\ Z^{(p)}(x)-pW^{(p)}(x)\le-\lambda/(p-\lambda)\},\qquad h(z)=\frac{(p-\lambda)e^zZ^{(p)}(\kappa_*-z)}{p}+\frac{\lambda e^z}{p},κ∗​=inf{x≥0: Z(p)(x)−pW(p)(x)≤−λ/(p−λ)},h(z)=p(p−λ)ezZ(p)(κ∗​−z)​+pλez​,

for every z≥0z\ge0z≥0:

wCR(z)=h(z),w^{CR}(z)=h(z),wCR(z)=h(z),

and τκ∗\tau_{\kappa_*}τκ∗​​ is a P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite F\mathbf FF-stopping time attaining the supremum. The statement covers every variation regime at once.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 2 (i), which gives the monotonicity behind κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​.
  2. Corollary 1 (29), the value of stopping at τk\tau_kτk​ at discount rate α+λ\alpha+\lambdaα+λ.
  3. The elimination of η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) (display after (32)):
E−z1[e−α(τ∧η)+Yτ∧η]=E−z1[e−(α+λ)τ+Yτ+λ∫0τe−(α+λ)t+Ytdt].\mathbb E^1_{-z}\big[e^{-\alpha(\tau\wedge\eta)+Y_{\tau\wedge\eta}}\big]=\mathbb E^1_{-z}\Big[e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)\tau+Y_\tau}+\lambda\int_0^\tau e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)t+Y_t}dt\Big].E−z1​[e−α(τ∧η)+Yτ∧η​]=E−z1​[e−(α+λ)τ+Yτ​+λ∫0τ​e−(α+λ)t+Yt​dt].
  1. The Itô identity (34).
  2. The expected dX‾d\overline XdX-integral up to τk\tau_kτk​.
  3. Lemma 3 (33), the value of τk∧η(λ)\tau_k\wedge\eta(\lambda)τk​∧η(λ).
  4. Lemma 4, with two misprints corrected.
  5. The supermartingale property of Ut=e−(α+λ)th(Yt)+λ∫0te−(α+λ)u+YuduU_t=e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)t}h(Y_t)+\lambda\int_0^te^{-(\alpha+\lambda)u+Y_u}duUt​=e−(α+λ)th(Yt​)+λ∫0t​e−(α+λ)u+Yu​du.
  6. The identity h(z)=ez+(p−λ)ez∫0κ∗−zW(p)≥ezh(z)=e^z+(p-\lambda)e^z\int_0^{\kappa_*-z}W^{(p)}\ge e^zh(z)=ez+(p−λ)ez∫0κ∗​−z​W(p)≥ez.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 gives the price and the optimal exercise rule of a Russian option with random (exponential) maturity, for every spectrally negative Lévy model at once. It makes three things explicit. The optimal rule is a threshold rule for the reflected process YYY. The threshold κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​ is the crossing point of one explicit function of the scale functions. Whenever W(p)(0+)≥(p−λ)−1W^{(p)}(0+)\ge(p-\lambda)^{-1}W(p)(0+)≥(p−λ)−1 (possible only with bounded variation), immediate exercise is optimal. Because scale functions are known in closed form for many models, including Brownian motion with drift and hyper-exponential jump-diffusions (§8 of the paper), the theorem produces explicit prices.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper. It is not formalized in any proof assistant, and none of its infrastructure is available in Lean. This mission produces:

  • a path-level definition of spectrally negative Lévy processes;
  • scale functions defined as definite descriptions;
  • the reflected process and its passage times;
  • the Esscher change of measure as data;
  • a continuous-time optimal stopping problem with an independent random horizon, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

A machine-checked proof would also check the verification argument, which the paper states in detail only for the unbounded-variation case.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to compute the value of every threshold rule (Lemma 3) and optimize over kkk. That identifies the right candidate, but it does not show that no other stopping time does better. The verification step needs two things for all regimes of W(p)(0+)W^{(p)}(0+)W(p)(0+): that UUU is a supermartingale, and that UUU stopped at τκ∗\tau_{\kappa_*}τκ∗​​ is a martingale. For processes of bounded variation, hhh is only continuous, not C1C^1C1, at κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​, so a smooth Itô formula does not apply directly. Computing the expected dX‾d\overline XdX-integral up to τk\tau_kτk​ uses excursion theory of YYY away from 000, which Mathlib does not have. Eliminating η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) is easy only if η\etaη is independent of the whole filtration. If it is independent of XXX alone, a stopping time could depend on η\etaη.

Formalization scope

  • Conventions. Time is [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) and values are real. Random times take values in WithTop ℝ≥0, and the payoff is 000 on {τ=∞}\{\tau=\infty\}{τ=∞}. Expectations of nonnegative payoffs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and wCRw^{CR}wCR is an extended-real supremum, so no expectation defaults to 000. Equalities with a real right-hand side also assert finiteness.
  • Readings of informal words.
    • "The usual conditions" means right-continuity of F\mathbf FF, without completeness. Completing F0\mathcal F_0F0​ with P\mathbb PP-null sets would contradict the Esscher relation, since P1\mathbb P^1P1 and P\mathbb PP are typically singular on F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​.
    • "Unbounded variation" means "not almost surely of bounded variation on compacts". (AC) is stated through jumps.
    • "ψ(v) < ∞" means integrability of evX1e^{vX_1}evX1​.
    • "Decreases monotonically" means strictly decreasing, and "the unique root" means unique on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
    • W(p)(0+)W^{(p)}(0+)W(p)(0+) is the right limit.
    • "Almost surely finite" and the law and independence of η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) are all under P1\mathbb P^1P1, where independence is from F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​. "Parameter λ\lambdaλ" is the rate.
    • Ps,x1\mathbb P^1_{s,x}Ps,x1​ is encoded pathwise through the reflected process with Y0=s−xY_0=s-xY0​=s−x.
    • The elimination of η\etaη is stated τ by τ, which implies the page's equality of suprema.
    • The supermartingale claim, derived on the page in the unbounded-variation case, is stated for all cases.
    • Corollary 1's discount rate is renamed aaa.
    • (34) is stated as pA+B=es−x+CpA+B=e^{s-x}+CpA+B=es−x+C with AAA, BBB, CCC finite.
  • Definition choices. Scale functions are defined by choice from their defining property, never as hypotheses on an arbitrary function. W(q)W^{(q)}W(q) for q<0q<0q<0 is the series (5), not the tilting formula of Remark 4. P1\mathbb P^1P1 is a measure given with the Esscher relation. dX‾td\overline X_tdXt​ is the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure of the running-maximum path.
  • Corrected misprints. Lemma 4 is printed with p−1p^{-1}p−1 and −λ/p-\lambda/p−λ/p. The definition of κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​ (p. 233) and the proof of Theorem 3 (p. 235) require (p−λ)−1(p-\lambda)^{-1}(p−λ)−1 and −λ/(p−λ)-\lambda/(p-\lambda)−λ/(p−λ), and the printed version is false when p−1≤W(p)(0+)<(p−λ)−1p^{-1}\le W^{(p)}(0+)<(p-\lambda)^{-1}p−1≤W(p)(0+)<(p−λ)−1. The corrected statement is formalized.
  • Ruled out. A supremum over stopping times of a filtration containing σ(η)\sigma(\eta)σ(η), or a real-valued supremum or Bochner expectation that could be 000 by default, would trivialize the goal or change it. The admissible class is every P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite stopping time of the given filtration, of which η\etaη is independent. Replacing the goal by the η\etaη-free rewriting would state milestone 3 as if it were Theorem 3.
  • Needed and reusable. A complete development needs Lévy process theory, scale functions, fluctuation identities for the reflected process, optional stopping in continuous time, and Itô or change-of-variable formulas for semimartingales with jumps. The Lévy-process, scale-function and reflected-process definitions are shared with the other two missions of the series and are reusable in ruin theory and queueing. Proofs of any milestone, and sorry-free facts about the definitions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Avram, A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes and applications to (Canadized) Russian options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 215–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828052
  • P. Carr, Randomization and the American put, Rev. Financial Stud. 11(3), 597–626, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/11.3.597
  • L. A. Shepp, A. N. Shiryaev, The Russian option: reduced regret, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3, 603–631, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005715
  • A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Perpetual options through fluctuation theory, Ann. Appl. Probab. 13, 1077–1098, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1060202835
  • J. Bertoin, Lévy Processes, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 33 of 66Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me